VANS INC
10-K, 1997-08-29
RUBBER & PLASTICS FOOTWEAR
Previous: GREEN CENTURY FUNDS, 24F-2NT, 1997-08-29
Next: BLACKROCK MUNICIPAL TARGET TERM TRUST INC, N-30D, 1997-08-29



<PAGE>   1
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

[XX] Annual report pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
     Act of 1934 (Fee Required)

     For the fiscal year ended May 31, 1997, or

[  ] Transition report pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
     Exchange Act of 1934 (No Fee Required)

     For the transition period from ___________ to ___________

Commission file number:      0-19402

                                   VANS, INC.
             ------------------------------------------------------
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

           Delaware                                            33-0272893
- ---------------------------------                         ----------------------
  (State or other jurisdiction                               (I.R.S. Employer
of incorporation or organization)                         Identification Number)


15700 Shoemaker Avenue, Santa Fe Springs, California              90670
- ----------------------------------------------------           ----------
     (Address of principal executive offices)                  (Zip Code)

                                 (562) 565-8267
              ----------------------------------------------------
              (Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act:

                     Common Stock, $.001 par value per share
                     ---------------------------------------
                                (Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark whether registrant (1) has filed all reports required to
be filed by section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days.

                           Yes  [X]             No    
                           --------             ------

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K [ ].

The approximate aggregate market value of the Common Stock held by
non-affiliates of registrant (computed based on the average bid and asked prices
of the Common Stock, as reported on the NASDAQ National Market System on August
25, 1997), is $146,829,230.

The number of shares of registrant's Common Stock outstanding at August 25,
1997, is 13,203,401.

                      Documents Incorporated By Reference:

Portions of registrant's definitive Proxy Statement for its 1997 Annual Meeting
of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report; and
certain exhibits are incorporated by reference into Part IV of this report.



<PAGE>   2

                                   VANS, INC.

                                    FORM 10-K
                     For the Fiscal Year Ended May 31, 1997

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                            PAGE NO.
                                                                            --------
Part I

<S>              <C>                                                          <C>
        Item  1. Business....................................................  3
        Item  2. Properties.................................................. 13
        Item  3. Legal Proceedings........................................... 13
        Item  4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders......... 13

Part II

        Item  5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related 
                   Stockholder Matters....................................... 14
        Item  6. Selected Financial Data..................................... 14
        Item  7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of 
                   Financial Condition and Results of Operations............. 14
        Item  8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data................. 21
        Item  9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants 
                   on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.................... 21

Part III

        Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.......... 21
        Item 11. Executive Compensation...................................... 21
        Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
                   Owners and Management..................................... 21
        Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.............. 21

Part IV

        Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and
          Reports on Form 8-K................................................ 21
</TABLE>



                                       2

<PAGE>   3

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

GENERAL

        Vans, Inc. (the "Company") is a leading designer, manufacturer and
distributor of high quality casual and active-casual footwear and apparel,
performance footwear for enthusiasts sports such as skateboarding and BMX
mountain biking, and snowboard boots and snowboarding outerwear. The Company was
founded in 1966 in Southern California as a domestic manufacturer of vulcanized
canvas shoes. The Company markets its products worldwide to a target customer
base of 10 to 24 year old young men and women. The Company is incorporated in
Delaware.

        To capitalize on the strength of the VANS brand with young men and women
worldwide, the Company repositioned itself during fiscal 1996 from a domestic
manufacturer to a marketing-driven company. In particular, the Company: (i)
began sourcing new products from overseas; (ii) leveraged its brand equity with
young people to create products centered around increasingly popular enthusiasts
sports, such as the Company's snowboard boot line, and products that have a
lifestyle orientation; (iii) designed a marketing strategy to promote the VANS
brand and stay close to the product desires of its target customers; (iv)
restructured its operations which culminated with the July 1995 closing of its
underutilized Orange, California manufacturing facility (the "Orange Facility")
and the consolidation of the production of its traditional vulcanized shoes at
its smaller Vista, California manufacturing facility (the "Vista Facility"); and
(v) enhanced its management information and inventory control systems to better
control costs and increase operational efficiencies.

MARKETING AND PROMOTION

        The Company markets the VANS brand through the sponsorship of
alternative sport and entertainment events, print and television advertising and
alternative sport athletic endorsements. In addition, point-of-purchase
merchandising used by the Company's customers, as well as the design of the
Company's retail stores and factory outlets, further promote the VANS brand.

        ALTERNATIVE SPORTS AND ENTERTAINMENT EVENT SPONSORSHIPS

        The Company's marketing and promotion strategy includes the sponsorship
of alternative sporting and entertainment events. Among the events and
activities the Company has sponsored are the 1995 and 1996 World Championships
of Skateboarding (with The Hard Rock Cafe), the 1996 Vans World Championship of
Snowboarding and contests such as the Battle of the Bay and Slam City Pro, the
Brooklyn Bridge Skate Ramp, the Wild Women's Snowboarding Camp, the National
Bike League and the American Bike League. Recently, the Company purchased the
assets associated with the Triple Crown of Surfing, which encompasses three of
the premier events in professional surfing, the Hawaiian Pro Surfing
Championship, the World Cup of Surfing, and the Pipemasters Surfing Classic. The
Company also sponsors snow, skate and surf videos and "demo days" at ski and
snowboard resorts around the country.

        The Company is the exclusive title sponsor, and a part-owner, of the
"VANS Warped Tour." This event visits top young adult markets throughout the
world. The 1996 Tour visited 34 markets and was seen by an estimated 200,000
people. The 1997 Tour will visit 29 U.S. and Canadian markets, and eight cities
in Europe and Australia, and will appear before approximately 400,000 people.
The Tour is an affordable daytime lifestyle, music and sports festival for
teenagers and young adults, with skateboarding, biking and climbing events,
retailer booths, video games, prize giveaways and performances by emerging
alternative bands. It also features an amateur skateboarding competition in
selected locations, with the winners being invited to participate at the World
Championships of Skateboarding. The Tour is promoted through local radio, print,
poster and flyer distribution, supplemented by national promotion via
television, print and the Internet. The Company, along with Epitaph Records, has
compiled a CD featuring certain bands performing on the 1997 Tour, to be used as
a gift with a VANS product purchase. The Tour and the CD promotion are designed
to coincide with the "Back to School" season.

        The Company also recently signed a letter of intent to purchase a
minority interest in Board Wild LLC ("BW"), producer of the syndicated "Board
Wild" television series, a program which features board sports, such as
snowboarding, surfing and skateboarding, and the athletes who participate in
them. Under the proposed Agreement, the Company will become a permanent sponsor
of the series and will receive preferred advertising placement and rates on
series episodes. The series will also give added exposure to the Company's 
athletes and events.

        ATHLETIC ENDORSEMENTS

        The Company sponsors over 200 of the world's top male and female
athletes in numerous sports including skateboarding, snowboarding, surfing,
wakeboarding, and BMX mountain biking. The Company's sponsored athletes aid in
the design of the Company's products, make promotional appearances, wear the
Company's products exclusively and increase overall consumer awareness of the
VANS brand. The Company supports its sports marketing with print and television
advertising featuring its sponsored athletes.



                                       3

<PAGE>   4

        PRINT AND TELEVISION ADVERTISEMENTS

        The VANS alternative sports image is enhanced by print and advertising
campaigns which depict youthful, contemporary lifestyles and attitudes and are
carried on networks such as MTV, Fox Sports Net and espn2, and in magazines such
as TransWorld SKATEboarding, Thrasher and TransWorld SNOWboarding. The Company
promotes its lifestyle image through advertisements in a number of magazines
that appeal to its target customer group, including Rolling Stone, BMX Plus,
BAM, Spin, Vibe, Option, Bikini, and Details. In addition, the Company
selectively advertises in widely circulated fashion and lifestyle magazines,
such as Seventeen and YM. The Company develops much of its advertising in-house,
which the Company believes allows it to respond more quickly and with a greater
degree of creative and cost control.

        WORLD WIDE WEB SITE

        Since September 1995, the Company has marketed its products and image
through its interactive home page on the World Wide Web to customers who
directly access the Internet. The Website includes a product catalog, photos,
interviews, sound and video clips of bands who wear VANS products, profiles and
interviews with members of the Company's sports teams, information on
Company-sponsored events, celebrities who wear VANS products and the Company's
history.

        Seeking to further exploit the opportunities presented by the World Wide
Web, the Company recently acquired a minority interest in The Zone Network, a
Seattle-based company ("Zone") which publishes "The Mountain Zone," a Website
focusing on mountain-related events, including snowboarding and mountain biking.
As part of this transaction, Zone will assist the Company in re-designing its
Web page and will provide the Company with the opportunity to market the VANS
brand and VANS products on The Mountain Zone.

PRODUCT DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT

        The Company's product design and development efforts are centered around
leading edge trends in the worldwide youth culture, including such areas as
enthusiast sports, alternative music, television, clothing and movies. The
Company's products are then designed and refined based on consumer and retailer
feedback through multiple product reviews. The Company's designers work to
monitor subtle changes in the sports, music, media and fashions which appeal to
the Company's core customers.

        The Company traditionally designs and merchandises three lines of
footwear products per year for the annual Spring, "Back to School" and Holiday
seasons. The Company also intends to introduce two lines of clothing per year.

PRODUCTS

        The Company produces a wide variety of casual, active-casual and
performance footwear products and snowboard boots, all of which are designed to
appeal to alternative sport enthusiasts seeking performance footwear and
mainstream consumers seeking footwear that represents youth, individuality and
independence. The average retail prices for the Company's footwear products
range from $30 to $80 for casual and performance footwear, and from $130 to $280
for snowboard boots. The Company has also introduced its first clothing and
accessories lines offering knit shirts, T-shirts, hats, shorts and snowboard
outerwear, bags and backpacks.

        The Company's footwear line is segmented into the following categories:

        High Performance Series(TM). This line includes the most technical
skateboarding shoes that are only sold in independent skate shops.

        Performance Unlimited Series(TM). This line includes technical,
performance-oriented skateboarding and biking shoes that are mainly sold in
athletic footwear and fashion/lifestyle stores.

        Skate Prelim Series(TM). This line includes skate-influenced,
non-technical casual canvas and leather shoes that are mainly sold to mass
merchandisers.

        Classics. This line includes traditional vulcanized canvas and suede
shoes that are sold through all retail levels.

        MEN'S FOOTWEAR

        High Performance Series(TM) , Performance Unlimited Series(TM) and
Signature Skate Shoes. Throughout its 30-year history, the VANS brand has long
been associated with skateboarding. The Company offers a variety of High
Performance and Performance Unlimited skate shoes that are designed and
developed for skateboarding, and that have specific features for the sport, such
as grippy gum rubber outsoles, double or triple layers of suede or leather in
the ollie area for extra durability, double or triple stitching for durability,
and extra padded tongues and collars for comfort and support. In addition, High



                                       4

<PAGE>   5

Performance skate shoes have additional features for the most demanding riders,
such as an internal elastic tongue holder, extra durable laces, and rubber toe
guards. For the first time, the Company is also introducing technology in its
skate shoes, as part of the High Performance Series(TM). The Company's new
Impulse Technology(TM) helps to prevent heel bruising (one of the main injuries
in skateboarding), and lengthens the life of heel cushioning. The Company also
offers Signature Skate Shoes, and works with the world's top skaters, such as
Steve Caballero, Salman Agah, Tom Boyle, Omar Hassan, Simon Woodstock and Willy
Santos to develop performance footwear. The Company believes the identification
of its shoes with top skaters helps to increase sales of its performance
footwear. Some of the Company's High Performance Series(TM) shoes are Ehkks(TM),
D.B.D.S.(TM) and A-Tack(TM). Performance Unlimited Series(TM) shoes include the
Fairlane II(TM), Kace(TM) and KNU Skool(TM), and the Signature Skate Series(TM)
shoes include the Omar Hassan, Cab 4(TM), Tom Boyle and Simon Woodstock.

        Skate Prelim Series(TM) and Classics. The Company's Skate Prelim Series
includes a wide variety of casual suede, leather and canvas shoes with skate
influence. The Classics include traditional vulcanized surf and skate oriented
footwear, as well as basic canvas styles. Some of the Company's Skate Prelim
Series(TM) shoes are the Wally(TM), POP(TM), Jaxx(TM) and L.T.D.(TM). The
Classics include the Classic Slip-On, Authentic(TM), Old Skool(TM) and
SK8-Hi(TM).

        WOMEN'S FOOTWEAR

        The Company's footwear products for women include skate-influenced
casual shoes, as well as basic, classic deck shoes. Many of the products
incorporate fundamental features of the Company's skate shoes with
fashion-conscious detailing, colors and fabrics, such as suede, leather, nylon
and canvas. The line includes vulcanized shoes, as well as cemented cup-soled
shoes, and sandals. Some of the Company's women's shoes include the Cara-BethTM,
Phuture(TM), Lampin(TM), Vans Sport(TM) and Old Skool(TM).

        CHILDREN'S FOOTWEAR

        The Company offers a variety of boys' and youth's casual footwear that
follow the direction of the men's Skate Prelim Series(TM), that is, shoes which
are skate-influenced without technical features, as well as Classics. These
shoes include the Wally(TM), POP(TM), Jaxx(TM) and Old Skool(TM).

        SNOWBOARD BOOTS

        For the 1997/1998 season, the Company has expanded its snowboard boot
line to include its first-ever signature boot series featuring athletes such as
Shaun Palmer, Jaime Lynn and Circe Wallace. As with the Company's signature
footwear series, these athletes actually participate in the design of the boots.
Also featured in this season's line are: (i) five styles which are compatible
with the Switch AutolockTM system, an innovative and convenient step-in boot
binding system; and (ii) five traditional styles, each with various technical
improvements and featuring the Company's Old Skool side stripe.

        CLOTHING

        In fiscal 1997, the Company terminated its clothing license agreement
with Oneita Industries and formed an in-house clothing division. At the end of
fiscal 1997, the Company introduced its first clothing lines, featuring
activewear items, such as T-shirts, polo shirts, fleece and jackets, as well as
technical snowboarding outerwear items, including nylon jackets and pants, and a
variety of sweaters and polar fleece. For Spring 1998, the Company will expand
its activewear items to include a focused range of T-shirts, knit-shirts,
shorts, board shorts, and hats, as well as a bag line.

SALES AND DISTRIBUTION

        The Company has two primary distribution channels for its products: (i)
wholesale sales, which consist of national sales through national and regional
retailers, as well as independent specialty stores, including skate and surf
shops, and international sales through a wholly-owned foreign subsidiary which
contracts with distributors; and (ii) sales through Company-operated retail and
factory outlet stores.

        NATIONAL SALES

        The Company sells its products through approximately 2,500 active
accounts, including Journeys, Pacific Sunwear, Mervyn's, The Sports Authority,
Foot Action, Kinney Shoe Corporation (which includes Foot Locker, Kids Foot
Locker, Kinney Shoe Stores, Lady Foot Locker and Champs Sporting Goods), Kohls
and Nordstrom. The Company also sells its products through independent retailers
such as skateboard and surf shops to maintain its authenticity and to stay close
to its core customers.



                                       5

<PAGE>   6

        The Company strives to maintain the integrity of the VANS image by
controlling the distribution channels for its products based on criteria which
include the retailer's image and ability to effectively promote the Company's
products. The Company works with its retailers to display, stock and sell a
greater volume of the Company's products. The Company sells products to its
national accounts primarily through independent sales representatives. Several
of the Company's larger accounts are managed by Company sales executives. The
Company typically engages its independent sales representatives pursuant to
agreements with terms ranging from one to three years in length. Compensation of
independent sales representatives is generally limited to commissions on sales.

        INTERNATIONAL SALES

        The Company licenses the right to sell VANS products internationally to
its Hong Kong subsidiary, Vans Far East Limited ("VFEL"), which in turn sells
VANS products to distributors for resale in 77 foreign countries. International
distributors of VANS products receive a discount on the wholesale price of
footwear products and are granted the right to resell such products in defined
territories, usually a country or group of countries. Distribution agreements
generally are exclusive, restrict the distributor's ability to sell competing
products, have a term of one to three years, provide a minimum sales threshold
which increases annually, and generally require the distributor to spend up to
5% of its revenues on marketing. VFEL receives payment from all its distributors
in United States dollars.

        In fiscal 1997, the Company undertook a strategy to capture increased
international sales and profit by commencing direct operations in selected
countries. In connection with that strategy, the Company acquired 51% of the
common shares of Global Accessories Limited, its distributor for the United
Kingdom ("Global") in November 1996. The Company will acquire the remaining 49%
of the common shares of Global over a five-year period commencing approximately
in November 1997. The Company also recently formed jointly-owned subsidiaries
with a third party to sell the Company's products in Mexico, Brazil and
Argentina. Under this arrangement, the Company will provide product and its
footwear marketing expertise to the ventures, and the third party will provide
financial, advertising and operational support. See "--Certain Considerations -
International Business Operations; Foreign Currency Fluctuations."

        Financial information about the Company's export sales is included in
Note 13 to the Company's Financial Statements.

        RETAIL SALES

        The Company currently operates 84 retail stores. The Company's retail
stores are divided into three store groups, including conventional mall and
freestanding stores, factory outlet stores and clearance stores. The Company's
retail stores carry a wide variety of the Company's footwear products, along
with apparel and accessory items, most of which bear the VANS brand name and
logo. The stores are an integral part of the Company's strategy for building the
VANS brand, providing wide exposure to all of the Company's products and
enabling the Company to stay close to the needs of its customers. During fiscal
1997, the Company continued its strategy of expanding its retail stores beyond
Southern California, opening stores in Williamsburg, Virginia, Las Vegas,
Nevada, Myrtle Beach, South Carolina, and Park City, Utah. Subsequent to the
fiscal year-end, the Company opened stores in Bellport, New York, Riverhead, New
York, and Kansas City, Kansas. It is anticipated that, within the next 12
months, the Company will open its first international stores in Guam and Puerto
Rico.

        The standard Company retail store is approximately 1,400 to 2,700 square
feet. A typical Company store is open seven days a week, for an average of
eleven hours per day, and has two or three employees in the store during
business hours. The Company sells factory seconds and discontinued shoes at
discounted prices through 32 factory outlets and clearance stores. The Company
opened five factory outlets during the fiscal 1997. The Company continually
works to upgrade the design and layout of its retail stores as part of its
overall marketing plan and remodels older stores as it resources permit to
further promote the VANS brand image. The Company also, as a matter of course,
seeks to identify underperforming stores for possible closure. The Company
intends to open new factory outlet stores in the leading outlet centers
throughout the country.

DISTRIBUTION FACILITIES

        During fiscal 1997, the Company subleased its City of Industry
distribution facility (the "City of Industry Facility"). Domestic distribution
of products is now centralized in the Company's 180,000 square foot facility
located in Santa Fe Springs, California (the "Santa Fe Springs Facility"). See
Item 2. "Properties - Corporate Headquarters and Distribution Facility and -
Sublease of City of Industry Facility." Upon receipt from overseas
manufacturers, the Company's products are inspected, sorted, packaged and
shipped to retail accounts in the United States and abroad. While
foreign-sourced footwear for domestic accounts is generally shipped to the Santa
Fe Springs Facility, such footwear for international sales is typically shipped
directly from the overseas manufacturers to VFEL's international distributors.



                                       6

<PAGE>   7

SOURCING AND MANUFACTURING

        The Company purchases footwear and snowboard boots from VFEL, which
sources such product from independent manufacturers in South Korea and China.
During fiscal 1997, approximately 85% of the Company's shoes and 100% of the
Company's snowboard boots were manufactured offshore by third party
manufacturers. VFEL utilizes sourcing agents for its footwear and snowboard
boots in South Korea. These agents assist the Company in selecting and
overseeing third party contractors, ensuring quality, sourcing fabrics and
monitoring quotas and other trade regulations. The Company's and VFEL's
production staff and independent sourcing agents together oversee all aspects of
manufacturing and production. As is common in the industry, there are no
agreements between VFEL and any of its contractors or suppliers, however, the
Company is advised that VFEL believes that its relationships with its
contractors and suppliers are good.

        Approximately 75% of the Company's clothing is sourced off-shore in
countries such as China, Korea, Israel and India. The Company's clothing
division works directly with the foreign factories to source and develop all
fabrics, trims and styles for the line.

        The Company manufactures vulcanized footwear at the 90,400 square foot
Vista Facility. The Vista Facility allows the Company to produce a broader line
of its vulcanized footwear products for its retail stores as well as its
domestic and international accounts. The Vista Facility was established in 1992
to apply integrated cellular manufacturing techniques to the traditional method
of shoemaking. During the second half of fiscal 1997, in response to increased
demand for domestically-produced shoes, the Company increased production at the
Vista Facility by nearly 50%, and increased the number of personnel at the
Facility from approximately 400 to more than 600. The Company currently operates
two shifts a day at the Vista Facility. Manufacturing generally operates on a
five-day week, although Saturday shifts are common during periods of peak
production, primarily in the Spring and "Back To School" seasons.

        The Company's quality control program is designed to ensure that all
goods bearing its trademarks meet the Company's standards. With respect to
products manufactured by independent contractors, the Company ensures that VFEL
develops and inspects prototypes of each product prior to manufacture by such
contractors, establishes fittings based on the prototype, inspects samples and,
through its employees or sourcing agents, inspects materials prior to
production. VFEL or its sourcing agents inspect the final product prior to
shipment to the Santa Fe Springs Facility. With respect to licensed products,
the Company oversees the quality control programs of its licensees and regularly
inspects samples of their products.

        A wide range of materials are used in the domestic and offshore
production of the Company's footwear. The Company has not experienced a
significant manufacturing delay caused by the unavailability of raw materials,
however, there can be no assurance that difficulties in obtaining raw materials,
particularly specialized materials used in certain women's shoes, will not arise
in the future or that any such difficulties would not have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business. To date, the Company has not experienced any
significant safety or health problems from the use or handling of these raw
materials.

LICENSING

        The Company has licensed certain of its trademarks for apparel and
accessory products where the Company believed such arrangements would promote
the VANS brand name and image consistent with the Company's overall marketing
and promotion plan.

        Currently, the Company has license agreements with five third party
licensees. The licensees have the exclusive right to manufacture and sell
certain products under the Company's trademarks in specified territories. The
licenses provide for a royalty payment to the Company and typically establish
minimum annual royalty amounts. In the U.S., the Company licenses its trademarks
for socks. In Japan, the Company's license agreements cover footwear, caps,
sports bags, snowboards, apparel, watches and sunglasses. In Germany, the
license agreement covers a variety of bags and, in Italy, the Company's license
agreement covers apparel. The Company is generally permitted to sell its
licensed products through its retail stores and its distributors. The Company's
licenses have varying expiration dates.

COMPETITION

        Footwear Industry. The athletic and casual footwear industry is highly
competitive. The Company competes on the basis of the quality and technical
aspects of its products, the 30-year heritage of the VANS brand, and the brand's
authenticity with its core customers and the athletes who participate in the
sports sponsored by the Company. Many of the Company's competitors, such as
Nike, Inc., Reebok International Ltd., Adidas AG and Fila Holding SpA, have
significantly greater financial resources than the Company, have more
comprehensive lines of product offerings, compete with the Company in the Far
East for manufacturing sources and spend substantially more on product
advertising than the Company. In addition, the general availability of offshore
shoe manufacturing capacity allows for rapid expansion by competitors and new
entrants in the footwear market. In this regard, the Company faces significant
competition from large, well-known companies, such as Tommy Hilfiger and
Nautica, which have significant brand recognition. In addition, in the casual
footwear market, the Company competes with a number of companies, 

                                       7
<PAGE>   8

such as Airwalk, Converse Inc. and Stride Rite Corporation (Keds), many of which
may have significantly greater financial and other resources than the Company.
The Company also competes with smaller companies, such as D.C., Duffs and
Etnies, which specialize in marketing to the Company's core skateboarding
customers. The Company competes on the basis of the quality and technical
aspects of its products, the 30-year heritage of the VANS brand, and the
brand's authenticity with its core customers and the athletes who participate
in the sports sponsored by the Company. 

        Snowboard Boot Industry. Although the Company has experienced
substantial growth in sales of its line of snowboard boots, and is now one of
the three industry leaders, it faces significant competition, most notably from
Airwalk and Burton Snowboards, Inc., the other two industry leaders. The Company
also anticipates that several large, well-known companies, such as Nike, Inc.
and Fila SpA will enter the snowboard boot industry in the future. These
companies are much larger and have greater financial resources than the Company,
and have significant brand recognition.

        Snowboarding is a relatively new sport and there can be no assurance
that it will continue to grow at the rate experienced in recent years, or that
its popularity will not decline. Moreover, the market for snowboarding is
characterized by image-conscious consumers. The failure by the Company to
accurately predict and target future trends or to maintain its progressive image
could have a material adverse effect on its snowboard boots sales. The Company
believes that its future success in the snowboard boot market will depend, in
part, on its ability to continue to introduce innovative, well-received
products, and there can be no assurance that it will do so.

        Apparel Industry. The Company is a new entrant in the apparel business.
The apparel industry is highly competitive and fragmented, and many of the
Company's competitors have significantly greater financial resources than the
Company and spend substantially more on product advertising than the Company.
Additionally, the apparel industry is particularly dependent on changes in
fashion, which will require the Company to devote substantial resources to
responding to changes in consumer preferences in a timely manner.

BACKLOG

        As of August 28, 1997, the Company's backlog of orders for delivery in
the second quarter of fiscal 1998 was approximately $19.7 million, as compared
to approximately $16.1 million as of August 28, 1996. The Company's backlog
amounts exclude orders from the Company's retail stores. The Company has, in the
last 18 months, expanded its futures program which offers the Company's national
accounts a discount for placing orders early. In addition, increased
international sales have contributed to backlog as such sales typically have
longer lead times. The Company's backlog also depends upon a number of other
factors, including the timing of trade shows, during which a significant
percentage of the Company's orders are received, the timing of shipments,
product mix of customer orders and the amount of in-season orders. As a result
of these and other factors, period-to-period comparisons of backlog may not
necessarily be meaningful.

        In addition, the Company has historically shipped less than all orders
in its backlog and a large portion of its products late in the quarter. As a
result, the Company may not learn of sales shortfalls until late in any
particular fiscal quarter, which could result in an immediate and adverse effect
on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

        The Company holds trademarks, copyrights and patents on its products,
brand names and designs which the Company believes are material to its business.
The Company has made federal, state and international filings with respect to
its material intellectual property, and intends to keep these filings current.
The Company believes that its rubber "Off the Wall(R)" sole design, the VANS
trademark, the logo incorporating the VANS trademark, and the striped designs
known as the "Old Skool(TM)" and "Fairlane(TM)" designs, are significant to its
business as they have been in use for many years and have gained acceptance
among consumers and in the footwear industry. The Company is aware of
potentially conflicting trademark claims in the United States, as well as
certain countries in Europe, South America and the Far East, and is currently
engaged in, or contemplating trademark opposition or other legal proceedings,
with respect to these claims. There can be no assurance that the Company will be
able to use all of its trademarks in any of the jurisdictions where conflicts
exist. The Company regards its trademarks and other proprietary rights as
valuable assets and believes that they have significant value in the marketing
of its products. The Company vigorously protects its trademarks against
infringement both in the United States and internationally, including through
the use of cease and desist letters, administrative proceedings and lawsuits.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

        In the ordinary course of business, the Vista Facility generates a small
amount of hazardous waste which is stored on-site and transported off-site by
registered waste haulers for disposal at permitted disposal facilities. The
Company holds permits from local jurisdictions for discharging waste water,
storing hazardous materials, emitting air pollutants, and operating 


                                       8

<PAGE>   9

an air pollution control system and certain other machinery. The Company
believes that it is in substantial compliance with all applicable rules and
regulations of federal, state and local environmental regulatory agencies.

EMPLOYEES

        As of August 25, 1997, the Company had 1,269 employees. Of the Company's
1,269 employees, 999 are full-time employees and 270 are part-time employees
(most of whom work at the Company's retail stores). The Company considers its
employee relations to be satisfactory. The Company has never suffered a material
interruption of business caused by labor disputes.

CERTAIN CONSIDERATIONS

        Information contained or incorporated by reference in this Report
contains "forward-looking statements" which can be identified by the use of
forward-looking terminology such as "believes," "expects," "may," "will,"
"should," or "anticipates." Set forth below are cautionary statements
identifying important factors, risks and uncertainties that could cause the
Company's actual results to differ materially from those contained in
forward-looking statements of the Company and its management.

BRAND STRENGTH; CHANGES IN FASHION TRENDS

        The Company's success is largely dependent on the continued strength of
the VANS brand and on its ability to anticipate the rapidly changing fashion
tastes of its customers and to provide merchandise that appeals to their
preferences in a timely manner. There can be no assurance that consumers will
continue to prefer the VANS brand or that the Company will respond in a timely
manner to changes in consumer preferences or that the Company will successfully
introduce new models and styles of footwear and apparel. Achieving market
acceptance for new products may also require substantial marketing and product
development efforts and the expenditure of significant funds to create consumer
demand. Decisions with respect to product designs often need to be made several
months in advance of the time when consumer acceptance can be determined. As a
result, the Company's failure to anticipate, identify or react appropriately to
changes in styles and features could lead to, among other things, excess
inventories and higher markdowns, lower gross margins due to the necessity of
providing discounts to retailers, as well as the inability to sell such products
through Company-owned retail and factory outlet stores. Conversely, failure by
the Company to anticipate consumer demand could result in inventory shortages,
which can adversely affect the timing of shipments to customers, negatively
impacting retailer and distributor relationships and diminishing brand loyalty.
The failure to introduce new products that gain market acceptance would have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations, and could adversely affect the image of the VANS brand
name.

        In response to consumer demand, the Company also uses certain
specialized fabrics in its footwear and apparel. The failure of footwear or
apparel using such fabrics to perform to customer satisfaction could result in a
higher rate of customer returns and could adversely affect the image of the VANS
brand name, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business
and results of operations.

        The Company also has recently significantly increased the technical
aspects of certain of its footwear and snowboard boots. The failure of such
technical features to satisfy customers, or the failure of the Company to
develop new and innovative technical features in a timely fashion, could
adversely affect the VANS brand and could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business and results of operations.

COMPETITION

        Footwear Industry. The athletic and casual footwear industry is highly
competitive. The Company competes on the basis of the quality and technical
aspects of its products, the 30-year heritage of the VANS brand, and the brand's
authenticity with its core customers and the athletes who participate in the
sports sponsored by the Company. Many of the Company's competitors, such as
Nike, Inc., Reebok International Ltd., Adidas AG and Fila Holding SpA, have
significantly greater financial resources than the Company, have more
comprehensive lines of product offerings, compete with the Company in the Far
East for manufacturing sources and spend substantially more on product
advertising than the Company. In addition, the general availability of offshore
shoe manufacturing capacity allows for rapid expansion by competitors and new
entrants in the footwear market. In this regard, the Company faces significant
competition from large, well-known companies, such as Tommy Hilfiger and
Nautica, which have brand recognition. In addition, in the casual footwear
market, the Company competes with a number of companies, such as Airwalk,
Converse Inc. and Stride Rite Corporation (Keds), many of which may have
significantly greater financial and other resources than the Company. The
Company also competes with smaller companies, such as D.C., Duffs and Etnies,
which specialize in marketing to the Company's core skateboarding customers. 

        Snowboard Boot Industry. Although the Company has experienced
substantial growth in sales of its line of snowboard boots, and is now one of
the three industry leaders, it faces significant competition, most notably from
Airwalk and Burton Snowboards, Inc., the other two industry leaders. The Company
also anticipates that several large, well-known companies, such as Nike, Inc.
and Fila SpA will enter the snowboard boot industry in the future. These
companies are much larger and have greater financial resources than the Company,
and have significant brand recognition.



                                       9

<PAGE>   10

        Snowboarding is a relatively new sport and there can be no assurance
that it will continue to grow at the rate experienced in recent years, or that
its popularity will not decline. Moreover, the market for snowboarding is
characterized by image-conscious consumers. The failure by the Company to
accurately predict and target future trends or to maintain its progressive image
could have a material adverse effect on its snowboard boots sales. The Company
believes that its future success in the snowboard boot market will depend, in
part, on its ability to continue to introduce innovative, well-received
products, and there can be no assurance that it will do so.

        Apparel Industry. The Company is a new entrant in the apparel business.
The apparel industry is highly competitive and fragmented, and many of the
Company's competitors have significantly greater financial resources than the
Company and spend substantially more on product advertising than the Company.
Additionally, the apparel industry is particularly dependent on changes in
fashion, which will require the Company to devote substantial resources to
responding to changes in consumer preferences in a timely manner. See "--Changes
in Fashion Trends."

        DEPENDENCE ON FOREIGN MANUFACTURERS

        Approximately 85% of the Company's shoes and 100% of the Company's
snowboard boots sold during fiscal 1997 were manufactured by independent
suppliers located in South Korea. The Company has increased its reliance on
offshore manufacturers by commencing sourcing of footwear and apparel in the
Peoples Republic of China, India and Israel and anticipates that it will begin
sourcing some footwear in Mexico in the near future and some apparel from other
Far East countries, such as Thailand and Taiwan. The Company sources its
foreign-produced products through VFEL. VFEL does not have contracts with its
foreign manufacturers. There can be no assurance that VFEL will not experience
difficulties with such manufacturers, including reduction in the availability of
production capacity, errors in complying with product specifications, inability
to obtain sufficient raw materials, insufficient quality control, failure to
meet production deadlines or increase in manufacturing costs. In addition, if
VFEL's relationship with any of its manufacturers were to be interrupted or
terminated, alternative manufacturing sources will have to be located. The
establishment of new manufacturing relationships involves numerous
uncertainties, and there can be no assurance that VFEL would be able to obtain
alternative manufacturing sources on terms satisfactory to it. Should a change
in its suppliers become necessary, VFEL would likely experience increased costs,
as well as substantial disruption and resulting loss of sales. In addition, VFEL
utilizes international sourcing agents who assist it in selecting and overseeing
third party manufacturers, ensuring quality, sourcing fabrics and monitoring
quotas and other trade regulations. The loss or reduction in the level of
services from such agents could significantly affect the ability of VFEL to
efficiently source products from overseas, which could have a material adverse
effect on VFEL's and the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations.

        Foreign manufacturing is subject to a number of risks, including work
stoppage, transportation delays and interruptions, political instability,
foreign currency fluctuations, changing economic conditions, expropriation,
nationalization, imposition of tariffs, import and export controls and other
non-tariff barriers (including quotas) and restrictions on the transfer of
funds, environmental regulation and other changes in governmental policies.
There can be no assurance that such factors will not materially adversely affect
VFEL's and the Company's business, financial conditions and result of
operations.

        All VANS products manufactured overseas and imported into the United
States are subject to duties collected by the United States Customs Service.
Customs information submitted by the Company is subject to review by the Customs
Service. The Company is unable to predict whether additional United States
Customs duties, quotas or restrictions may be imposed on the importation of its
products in the future. The enactment of any such duties, quotas or restrictions
could result in increases in the cost of such products generally and might
adversely affect the sales or profitability of the Company.

        MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH

        The Company intends to pursue its growth strategy through expanded
marketing and promotion efforts, more frequent introductions of products,
broader lines of casual and performance footwear and snowboard boots, as well as
apparel and other accessories, and increased international market penetration.
To the extent the Company is successful in increasing sales of its products, a
significant strain may be placed on its financial, management and other
resources. The Company's future performance will depend in part on its ability
to manage change in its operations and will require the Company to attract,
train, manage and retain management, sales, marketing and other key personnel.
In addition, the Company's ability to manage its growth effectively will require
it to continue to improve its operational and financial control systems and
infrastructure and management information systems. There can be no assurance
that the Company will be successful in such efforts, and the inability of the
Company's management to manage growth effectively could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.



                                       10

<PAGE>   11

        SEASONALITY AND QUARTERLY FLUCTUATION

        The footwear industry is characterized by significant seasonality of net
sales and results of operations. In the past two fiscal years, the Company's
business has been moderately seasonal, with the largest percentage of sales
realized in the first fiscal quarter (June through August), the "Back to School"
months. In addition, because snowboarding is a winter sport, sales of the
Company's snowboard boots have historically been strongest in the first and
second fiscal quarters. As the Company increases its international sales through
VFEL and experiences changes in its product mix, it expects that its quarterly
results will vary from historical trends. Therefore, the results of operations
of any quarter may not necessarily be indicative of the results that may be
achieved for a full fiscal year or any future quarter. In addition to seasonal
fluctuations, the Company's operating results fluctuate on a quarter-to-quarter
basis as a result of holidays, weather and the timing of large shipments. The
Company's gross margins also fluctuate according to product mix, cost of
materials and the mix between wholesale and retail channels. Given these
factors, there can be no assurance that the Company's future results will be
consistent with past results or the projections of securities analysts.
Historically, the Company has shipped a large portion of its products late in
the quarter. Consequently, the Company may not learn of sales shortfalls until
late in any particular fiscal quarter, which could result in an immediate and
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations.

        TRADE CREDIT RISK

        The Company's results of operations are affected by the timely payment
for products by its customers. Although the Company's bad debt expense has not
been material to date, no assurance can be given that it will not increase
relative to net sales in the future or that the Company's current reserves for
bad debt will be adequate. Any significant increase in the Company's bad debt
expense relative to net sales could adversely impact the Company's net income
and cash flow, and could adversely affect the Company's ability to pay its
obligations as they become due.

        ECONOMIC CYCLICALITY

        Certain economic conditions affect the level of consumer spending on the
products offered by the Company, including, among other things, general business
conditions, interest rates, taxation and consumer confidence in future economic
conditions. The Company and the footwear and apparel industry in general are
highly dependent on the economic environment and discretionary levels of
consumer spending that affect not only the consumer, but also distributors and
retailers of the Company's products. As a result, the Company's results of
operations may be materially adversely affected by downward trends in the
economy of the occurrence of events that adversely affect the economy in
general. In addition, a significant portion of the Company's revenues come from
sales in California, including sales through the Company's retail stores. A
decline in the economic conditions in California could materially adversely
affect the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

        INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS OPERATIONS; RISK OF FOREIGN CURRENCY FLUCTUATIONS

        The Company has recently begun to do business directly in the United
Kingdom, through a subsidiary, and in Mexico, Brazil and Argentina through
subsidiaries co-owned with a third party. See "--Sales and Distribution -
International Sales." The Company may experience certain risks of doing business
directly in these countries including, but not limited to, managing operations
effectively and efficiently from a far distance and understanding and complying
with local laws, regulations and customs. Additionally, these entities may, from
time to time, collect payments in the customers' local currencies and purchase
raw materials or product in currencies other than U.S. dollars. Accordingly, the
Company is exposed to transaction gains and losses that could result from
changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

        NATURE OF ENDORSEMENT CONTRACTS

        A key element of the Company's marketing strategy has been to obtain
endorsements from prominent enthusiasts sports athletes. See "--Marketing and
Promotional Athletic Endorsements." These contracts typically have fixed terms,
and there can be no assurance that they will be renewed or that endorsers signed
by the Company will continue to be effective promoters of the Company's
products. If the Company were unable in the future to secure suitable athletes
to endorse its products on terms it deemed reasonable, it would be required to
modify its marketing plans and could have to rely more heavily on other forms of
advertising and promotion, which might not be as effective.



                                       11

<PAGE>   12

        PRODUCT LIABILITY

        The Company's snowboard boots are often used in relatively high-risk
recreational settings. Consequently, the Company is exposed to the risk of
product liability claims in the event that a user of such boots is injured in
connection with such use. In many cases, users of the Company's boots may engage
in imprudent or even reckless behavior while using such products, thereby
increasing the risk of injury. The Company maintains general liability insurance
(which includes product liability coverage) and excess liability insurance
coverage in an amount the Company believes to be sufficient. However, there can
be no assurance that such coverage will be sufficient, will continue to be
available on acceptable terms, will be available in sufficient amounts to cover
one or more large claims, or that the insurer will not disclaim coverage as to
any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against
the Company that exceed available insurance coverage, or changes in the
Company's insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of
large deductible or co-insurance requirements, could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's financial condition and results of operations.

        RELIANCE ON THIRD PARTY TECHNOLOGY

        The Company currently licenses certain proprietary technology and the
right to produce snowboard boots for a step-in-boot binding system from Switch
Manufacturing ("Switch"). Such license expires on December 31, 1997 and is
non-exclusive, except that Switch may not enter into license agreements with the
two snowboard boot market leaders measured by sales in 1994. The loss of the
Switch license, failure by Switch to renew such license or the termination of
the Company's limited exclusivity could adversely impact the Company's
competitive position in the snowboard boot market. In addition, failure by
Switch to receive a patent on its binding system, or patent litigation regarding
such system, could significantly reduce the value to the Company of its
relationship with Switch. In that regard, the Company has been advised that
Switch has been sued for patent infringement by Mark Raines, Gregory Deeney and
Preston Binding Company ("Preston"), a division of Ride, Inc. ("Ride"). The suit
alleges that the Switch binding system infringes the patent of a binding system
developed by Messrs. Raines and Deeney which was subsequently assigned to
Preston. Switch has responded to the suit by filing an answer denying such
allegations and a complaint against Preston and Ride seeking a declaratory
judgment of patent non-infringement and damages for alleged bad faith
allegations of patent infringement. The parties are currently conducting
discovery in this matter.

        Additionally, the Company has been advised by Switch that K2 Corporation
("K2") has notified Switch that, in its opinion, Switch's binding system
infringes certain allowed claims in a U.S. patent application filed by K2. To
the Company's knowledge, no litigation has commenced in this matter.

        The Company has not been named as a defendant in the Preston suit or
threatened with litigation in either of the foregoing matters; however, there
can be no assurance that the Company will not be named in the Preston suit or
any potential litigation which might arise between Switch and K2, and there can
be no assurance as to the outcome of the litigation between Switch and Preston
and Ride or any potential litigation between Switch and K2. In the event Switch
is found liable in the Preston suit or in any suit that may be filed by K2, the
Company may be unable to use the Switch step-in boot binding system, which could
adversely impact the Company's competitive position in the snowboard boot
market.

        VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE

        The market price of the Common Stock has fluctuated substantially since
the Company's initial public offering in August 1991. There can be no assurance
that the market price of the Common Stock will not continue to fluctuate
significantly. Future announcements concerning the Company or its competitors,
quarterly variations in operating results, the introduction of new products or
changes in product pricing policies by the Company or its competitors, weather
patterns that may be perceived to affect the demand for the Company's products,
changes in earnings estimates by analysts or changes in accounting policies,
among other factors, could cause the market price of the Common Stock to
fluctuate substantially. In addition, stock markets have experienced extreme
price and volume volatility in recent years. This volatility has had a
substantial effect on the market prices of securities of many smaller public
companies for reasons frequently unrelated to the operating performance of the
specific companies. These broad market fluctuations could adversely affect the
market price of the Common Stock.

        ACQUISITION-RELATED RISKS

        From time to time, the Company evaluates and considers the acquisition
of businesses. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including difficulties in
the assimilation of the operations, technologies and products of the acquired
companies, the diversion of management's attention from other business concerns,
risks associated with entering markets or conducting operations with which the
Company has no or limited direct prior experience, and the potential loss of key
employees of the acquired company. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the
anticipated benefits of an acquisition will be realized. Future acquisitions by
the Company could result in potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities,
the incurrence of debt and contingent liabilities and amortization expenses
related to goodwill and other intangibles assets, all of which could materially
adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition, results of
operations or stock price.
                                       12

<PAGE>   13

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

        Corporate Headquarters. The Company leases approximately 180,000 square
feet of space in Santa Fe Springs, California which houses the Company's
corporate headquarters and distribution operations. The initial term of the
lease is 10 years and the Company has one option to extend the lease an
additional 10 years. The rental structure under the lease is triple net, and the
current monthly rent is $66,600. Such rent is subject to adjustment according to
the C.P.I. Index throughout the term of the lease.

        Vista, California Manufacturing Facility. The Company leases the 90,400
square foot Vista Facility. The term of the lease is eleven years and six
months, with two consecutive five-year extension options. The rental structure
under the lease is triple net. The current monthly base rent under the lease is
$39,107 and is subject to adjustment according to the C.P.I. Index throughout
the term of the lease.

        Retail Stores. Of the Company's 84 retail stores, two are owned by the
Company and the remainder are leased. Two of the leases are with the Company's
founders, who are no longer affiliated with the Company. The Company does not
have any franchised stores.

        Lease of the Orange Facility. The Company leases the Orange Facility to
two companies, one of whom currently pays the Company rent of $24,000 per month
pursuant to a gross lease, and one of whom currently pays the Company rent of
$19,000 per month pursuant to a triple net lease. Each of such leases has an
initial term of five years, and each lessee has one option to extend the term of
their lease an additional five years. The leases also provide for annual rent
increases.

        Sublease of City of Industry Facility. During fiscal 1997, the Company
subleased the City of Industry Facility to a distribution company. Under the
sublease, such company pays the Company $40,500 per month. The Company remains
primarily liable under the master lease. The term of the sublease expires upon
the expiration of the master lease, February 27, 2000.

        The Company believes that its operating facilities and retail space are
adequate for its current needs.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

        The Company is a party to certain litigation which arises in the
ordinary course of its business.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

        Not applicable



                                       13

<PAGE>   14

                                     PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

        The Company's Common Stock is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under
the symbol "VANS." The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated,
the high and low sales prices of the Common Stock as reported on the Nasdaq
National Market.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  HIGH            LOW
                                                 ------          ------
                                                      (IN DOLLARS)
<S>                                              <C>             <C>     
          FISCAL  YEAR  ENDED  MAY 31, 1997:
          1st Quarter ...................        20 1/8          12    
          2nd Quarter ...................        21 3/4          14 3/8
          3rd Quarter ...................        17 1/4          10 3/4
          4th Quarter ...................        13 7/8           9    
          FISCAL YEAR ENDED MAY 31, 1996:
          1st Quarter ...................         7 3/8           4 1/4
          2nd Quarter ...................         8 3/8           5 5/8
          3rd Quarter ...................        13 3/4           6 7/8
          4th Quarter ...................        20 5/8          11 7/8
</TABLE>

        On August 25, 1997, the last reported sales price on the Nasdaq National
Market for the Company's Common Stock was $12.25 per share. As of August 25,
1997, there were 158 holders of record of the Common Stock.

        The Company has never declared or paid a cash dividend on its Common
Stock. The Company presently intends to retain its earnings to fund the
development and growth of its business and, therefore, does not anticipate
paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of
the Company's secured line of credit prohibit the payment of such dividends
without the consent of the bank.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

                     (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              YEARS ENDED MAY 31,
                                          --------------------------------------------------------
                                            1997        1996        1995       1994          1993
                                          --------    --------    -------    -------       -------
<S>                                       <C>         <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>    
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Net sales ..........................    $159,391    $117,407   $ 88,056       $80,476    $86,563
  Net earnings (loss) ................    $ 10,437    $  3,148   $(37,135)(1)   $ 1,361      2,709
  Net earnings (loss) per share before
      extraordinary item .............    $   0.76    $   0.40   $  (3.86)(1)   $  0.14    $  0.28
  Weighted average common shares
     and equivalents(2) ..............      13,805      10,406      9,611         9,731      9,645

BALANCE SHEET DATA:

  Total assets .......................    $105,824    $ 90,461    $73,066       $97,204    $96,252
  Long-term debt .....................    $    481    $    344    $22,416       $29,000    $29,000
  Stockholders' equity ...............    $ 88,282    $ 72,728    $20,264       $57,155    $55,518
</TABLE>

- ------------

(1)     Reflects: (i) a $20.0 million write-off of goodwill associated with the
        closure of the Orange Facility; (ii) $10.0 million of restructuring
        costs associated with such facility closure; and (iii) a $6.3 million
        write-down of inventory in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1995.

(2)     See Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for an
        explanation of the method used to determine the number of shares used in
        per share computations.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS

        The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that
involve risk and uncertainties. The Company's actual results could differ
materially from those discussed herein. Factors that could cause or contribute
to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed hereunder,
as well as those discussed under the caption "Certain Considerations."



                                       14

<PAGE>   15

OVERVIEW

        The Company is the successor to Van Doren Rubber Company, Inc., a
California corporation that was founded in 1966 ("VDRC"). VDRC was acquired by
the Company in February 1988 in a series of related transactions for a total
cost (including assumed liabilities) of $74.4 million (the "Acquisition"). The
Acquisition resulted in the recognition of approximately $48.0 million of
goodwill by the Company (the "Acquisition Goodwill"). VDRC was merged with and
into the Company in August 1991 at the time of the Company's initial public
offering.

        Prior to fiscal 1995, the Company manufactured all of its footwear at
two domestic manufacturing facilities located in Southern California. As part of
the Company's strategic redirection, in the first quarter of fiscal 1995 the
Company began to source from South Korea its line of casual and performance
footwear known as the International Collection. The success of the International
Collection created a domestic manufacturing overcapacity problem for the Company
which contributed to an overstock in domestic inventories. In the second quarter
of fiscal 1995, the Company increased the inventory valuation allowance from
$324,772 to approximately $600,000 in order to help mitigate the risks
associated with increased inventory balances. In the third quarter of fiscal
1995, the Company took steps to adjust its U.S. production; however, customer
demand for the International Collection continued to grow. In the fourth quarter
of fiscal 1995, it first became apparent that domestic manufacturing workforce
reductions would not be sufficient to address the increase in orders for the
International Collection and the decrease in demand for domestically-produced
footwear, and the Company determined that a plant closure would be required.
Therefore, on May 30, 1995 the Board of Directors voted to close the Orange
Facility and in July 1995, the Company closed the Orange Facility. Accordingly,
the Company recognized restructuring costs of $30.0 million in the fourth
quarter of fiscal 1995. Of that amount: (i) $20.0 million represented a
write-off of the goodwill allocated to the manufacturing know-how associated
with the Orange Facility (the "Orange Facility Goodwill"); and (ii) $10.0
million represented restructuring costs to close the Orange Facility. All
remaining U.S. production of the Company was shifted to the Vista Facility.

        In the fourth quarter of fiscal 1995, the Company wrote-down $6.3
million of inventory. The write-down of inventory consisted of $4.5 million of
domestically-produced finished goods and $1.8 million of raw material inventory.
Such inventory became impaired as a result of the following events which
occurred in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1995: (i) the expanding sales of the
International Collection; (ii) the slowing of sales of domestically-produced
footwear and related price erosion and discounting; (iii) the decrease in
domestic production as a result of the above factors and the subsequent closure
of the Orange Facility; and (iv) the discontinuance of certain
domestically-produced product.

        Management of the Company, with the assistance of outside valuation
consultants, calculated the amount of the Orange Facility Goodwill based on an
analysis of the Company's business at the date of the Acquisition. At that time,
the Company's strategy was one of manufacturing efficiency, and the Company's
fixed assets as of the date of the Acquisition were primarily deployed to
manufacture footwear, and the Company's chain of retail stores served as outlets
for the footwear manufactured at the Orange Facility.

        Based on this analysis, and a similar analysis of the other components
of the Acquisition Goodwill (trademarks and dealer relationships), management
determined that approximately 53% of the Acquisition Goodwill should have been
allocated to the manufacturing know-how associated with the Orange Facility at
the date of the Acquisition. The unamortized portion of the Orange Facility
Goodwill at May 31, 1995 was $20.0 million, and was written-off in connection
with the closure of the Orange Facility.

        On May 9, 1996, the Company established VFEL, and granted a worldwide
license (excluding the United States) to VFEL to use the Company's trademarks in
connection with the manufacture and distribution of footwear. VFEL, in turn,
contracts with distributors for foreign countries.

        As reported in the Company's Form 10-Q for the first quarter of fiscal
1997, the Company has leased the Orange Facility to two companies. In the fourth
quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company relocated its corporate headquarters to
180,000 square feet of space in Santa Fe Springs, California, which now also
houses the Company's distribution center (the "Santa Fe Springs Facility"). See
"--Liquidity and Capital Resources - Capital Expenditures."

        As reported in the Company's Form 8-K, dated November 20, 1996, the
Company acquired 51% of the outstanding Common Shares ( the "Global Shares") of
Global Accessories Limited, the Company's exclusive distributor for the United
Kingdom ("Global"), in a stock-for-stock transaction (the "Global Acquisition").
The Company will acquire the remaining 49% of the Global Shares over a five-year
period commencing in approximately November 1997.



                                       15

<PAGE>   16

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

FISCAL YEAR 1997 AS COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR 1996

    Net Sales

    Net sales for fiscal 1997 increased 35.8% to $159.4 million, compared to
$117.4 million for fiscal 1996. The sales increase was primarily driven by
continued increased unit sales in each of the Company's sales channels.

    Sales to the Company's wholesale accounts on a worldwide basis increased
39.0% to $122.4 million in fiscal 1997, compared to $88.1 million for fiscal
1996. Within the Company's wholesale business, sales to national accounts
increased 26.6% during fiscal 1997 to $78.1 million, compared to $61.7 million
for fiscal 1996. Increased sales to existing accounts was the primary reason for
the increase, as evidenced by a 25.6% increase in sales to the Company's top ten
national accounts. Sales to international distributors increased 68.0% to $44.3
million for fiscal 1997, compared to $26.3 million for fiscal 1996. Increased
sales to Japan, France and UK were the principal reasons for the increase.

    Domestic and international sales of the Company's line of snowboard boots
increased 69.0% to approximately $12.3 million, or 7.7% of net sales for fiscal
1997, from approximately $7.2 million, or 6.2% of net sales for fiscal 1996.

    Sales through the Company's 84-store retail chain (as of May 31, 1997)
increased 26.0% to $37.0 million in fiscal 1997 from $29.4 million for fiscal
1996. Comparable store sales (sales at stores open one year or more) increased
17.1% from the prior fiscal year. Comparable store sales increased overall for
each store type category with the exception of the Company's three clearance
stores, which represent less than 5.0% of retail sales.

    Gross Profit

    Gross profit increased 35.4% to $62.7 million in fiscal 1997 from $46.3
million in fiscal 1996. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit was flat at
39.3% for fiscal 1997, versus 39.4% for fiscal year 1996. Fiscal 1997 margins
were affected by: (i) a continued shift in sales mix toward the international
sales channel which historically has had lower gross margins because
international distributors absorb certain operating costs which otherwise would
be absorbed by the Company; (ii) a continued shift in production mix to lower
gross margin snowboard boots; and (iii) an approximately 50% ramp-up in
production at the Vista Facility.

    Earnings from Operations

    Earnings from operations increased 65.3% to $13.8 million in fiscal 1997
from $8.3 million in fiscal 1996. Operating expenses in fiscal 1997 increased to
$48.9 million from $38.0 million in fiscal 1996, primarily due to a $4.7 million
increase in selling and distribution expense and a $4.9 million increase in
marketing, advertising and promotion expense, each as discussed below. As a
percentage of net sales, operating expenses declined from 32.3% in fiscal 1996
to 30.7% in fiscal 1997.

        Selling and distribution. Selling and distribution expenses increased
19.9% to $28.1 million in fiscal 1997 from $23.4 million in fiscal 1996,
primarily due to: (i) increased personnel costs in the Company's retail division
to appropriately manage sales growth; (ii) the addition of a new apparel
division; (iii) increased building and equipment rents related to new retail
store openings and new point-of-sale registers installed throughout the
Company's retail chain; (iv) increased commissions to independent sales
representatives due to increased sales to national accounts; (v) the cost of
establishing VFEL and subsidiaries for Mexico, Argentina and Brazil; and (vi)
costs related to the operations of Global.

        Marketing, advertising and promotion. In connection with the Company's
efforts to build the VANS brand, marketing, advertising and promotion expenses
increased 58.9% to $13.2 million in fiscal 1997 from $8.3 million in fiscal
1996, primarily due to: (i) increased television and print advertising; (ii)
sponsorship of the Vans World Championships of Snowboarding, the Vans Warped
Tour, and other promotional events; and (iii) an increase in the number of
athletes representing the Company's products.

        General and administrative. General and administrative expenses
increased 29.5% from $4.7 million in fiscal 1996 to $6.1 million in fiscal 1997,
primarily due to: (i) the payment of bonuses under the fiscal 1997 bonus program
and a full year of expense for two senior executives hired during fiscal 1996;
(ii) increased expenses associated with the prosecution of trademark and other
intellectual property infringement claims by the Company; (iii) the first annual
deposit required under the Company's deferred compensation plan; and (iv)
payment of the full management fee due to McCown De Leeuw & Co., a significant
stockholder of the Company ("MDC"), pursuant to a Management Services Agreement.
One-half of such fee was waived by MDC for the second half of fiscal 1996.



                                       16

<PAGE>   17

        Provision for doubtful accounts. Provision for doubtful accounts
decreased slightly from $762,000 in fiscal 1996 to $711,000 in fiscal 1997. This
was primarily due to fewer accounts written off in fiscal 1997.

        Amortization of intangibles. Amortization of intangibles increased from
$777,000 in fiscal 1996 to $836,000 in fiscal 1997 due to the increase in
goodwill associated with the Global Acquisition.

    Interest Income

    Interest income increased from $79,000 in fiscal 1996 to $597,000 in fiscal
1997 primarily due to the investment of the net proceeds of the Company's May
1996 public offering of Common Stock (the "Offering").

    Interest and Debt Expense

    Interest and debt expense decreased from $3.4 million in fiscal 1996 to
$438,000 in fiscal 1997 due to the repayment of the Company's 9.6% Senior Notes
and a secured bank line of credit with a portion of the net proceeds of the
Offering. See "-- Liquidity and Capital Resources."

    Other Income

    Other income, primarily income from the licensing of the Company's
trademarks to its Japanese distributor, increased 44.0% to $2.8 million in
fiscal 1997 from $1.9 million in fiscal 1996.

    Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

    Income tax expense increased to $6.0 million in fiscal 1997 from $2.8
million for fiscal 1996 as a result of the higher earnings discussed above.
Income tax expense as a percentage of earnings before taxes decreased primarily
due to tax benefits derived from the establishment of VFEL.

    Minority Interest

    A minority interest of $302,000 was recorded in fiscal 1997 related to the
Global Acquisition and the formation of Vans Latinoamericana (Mexico) S.A. de
C.V. ("Vans Latinoamericana").

FISCAL YEAR 1996 AS COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR 1995

    Net Sales

    Net sales increased 33.3% to $117.4 million in fiscal 1996 from $88.1
million in fiscal 1995. The sales increase was primarily driven by the Company's
product line expansion through the introduction of the International Collection
and snowboard boots which represented new markets and product lines for the
Company, as well as increased sales through each of the Company's three
distribution channels.

    Domestic and international sales of the International Collection increased
from approximately $18.6 million, or 21.1% of net sales, for fiscal 1995 to
approximately $68.8 million, or 58.6% of net sales, for fiscal 1996, and sales
of the Company's recently introduced line of snowboard boots increased from
approximately $269,000 for fiscal 1995, or 0.3% of net sales, to $7.2 million,
or 6.2% of net sales, for fiscal 1996.

    Sales to national accounts for fiscal 1996 increased 22.3% to $61.7 million,
compared to $50.5 million for fiscal 1995. An increased volume of sales to
existing accounts and increased average selling prices were primarily
responsible for the increase. Despite this increase, sales to national accounts
were relatively even in the second half of the year, compared to the same period
of the previous year due to: (i) working capital constraints, which forced the
Company to delay purchases of International Collection goods in the period (see
"--Liquidity and Capital Resources"); (ii) the generally soft national retail
environment that existed during the third fiscal quarter; and (iii) the
existence of a relatively large amount of close-out sales in the third quarter
of fiscal 1995, which resulted from the Company's inventory imbalance between
domestic and foreign-produced footwear. See "--Overview."

    Sales to international distributors increased 103.5% to $26.3 million for
fiscal 1996 from $12.9 million for fiscal 1995. Increased sales to Germany,
France, Canada and the United Kingdom were the principal reasons for the
increase.

    Sales through the Company's 82-store retail chain (as of May 31, 1996)
increased 19.1% to $29.4 million for fiscal 1996, as compared to $24.6 million
for fiscal 1995. Comparable store sales (sales at stores open one year or more)
increased 10.2% from 



                                       17

<PAGE>   18

the prior fiscal year. Comparable store sales increased for each of the
Company's three store types (conventional mall and freestanding stores, factory
outlet stores and clearance stores).

    Gross Profit

    Gross profit increased 67.1% to $46.3 million in fiscal 1996 from $27.7
million in fiscal 1995. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit increased to
39.4% for fiscal 1996 from 31.5% for fiscal 1995. The increase in gross profit
was primarily due to the unusually low margin in the fourth quarter of fiscal
1995 which resulted from the write-down of inventory. See "--Overview." Fiscal
1996 margins were adversely impacted by: (i) the operation of the Orange
Facility for the first two months of fiscal 1996, as required by the Federal
Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, after announcing the closure
of such Facility (see "--Overview"); (ii) the ramp-up of production at the Vista
Facility due to the transfer of production from the Orange Facility (see
"--Overview"); (iii) a significant shift in the sales mix of the Company's
distribution channels towards lower gross margin sales to international
distributors who absorbed certain operating expenses which would otherwise be
absorbed by the Company; (iv) a shift in product mix to lower gross margin
snowboard boots; and (v) increased discounts offered to customers who booked
orders either 120 days or 150 days in advance under the Company's new futures
program. Decreases in gross margins were partially offset by the higher gross
margins associated with sales of International Collection footwear throughout
all of the Company's distribution channels.

    Earnings (Loss) from Operations

    Earnings from operations increased to $8.3 million in fiscal 1996 from a
loss of $38.4 million in fiscal 1995. Operating expenses decreased to $38.0
million in fiscal 1996 from $66.1 million in fiscal 1995. Operating expenses for
fiscal 1995 included $30.0 million of charges associated with the fiscal 1995
restructuring. See "--Overview."

        Selling and distribution. Selling and distribution expenses increased
21.1% to $23.4 million in fiscal 1996 from $19.4 million in fiscal 1995,
primarily due to: (i) increased distribution expenses related to the operation
of the Company's City of Industry distribution facility, which did not exist
until March 1995; (ii) increased commissions to independent sales
representatives due to increased sales to national accounts; and (iii) costs
associated with increased personnel in the Company's design and sourcing groups.

        Marketing, advertising and promotion. Marketing, advertising and
promotion expenses increased 52.3% to $8.3 million in fiscal 1996 from $5.4
million in fiscal 1995 due to increased expenditures to support the Company's
sales growth and the introduction of the Company's new snowboard boot line.

        General and administrative. General and administrative expenses
decreased from $8.3 million in fiscal 1995 to $4.7 million in fiscal 1996
primarily due to the following: (i) $850,000 in separation payments which
occurred in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1995; (ii) the departure of two senior
executives in early fiscal 1996 who were not replaced; (iii) large decreases in
consulting and legal expenses which were incurred in fiscal 1995 in connection
with an attempt to unionize the Orange Facility; and (iv) the absence of
significant executive search fees in fiscal 1996.

        Restructuring costs. No additional restructuring costs were recorded in
fiscal 1996. See "--Overview."

        Provision for doubtful accounts. Provision for doubtful accounts
decreased to $762,000 for fiscal 1996 from $1.4 million for fiscal 1995
primarily due to the recording of a provision in fiscal 1995 related to the
settlement of the Company's account with its former distributor for Mexico.

        Amortization of intangibles. Amortization of intangibles decreased from
$1.6 million for fiscal 1995 to $777,000 for fiscal 1996 due to the write-off of
the Orange Facility Goodwill on May 31, 1995. See "--Overview."

    Interest Income

    Interest income was derived primarily from restricted cash used as
collateral for the Company's $2.3 million surety bond maintained for the
Company's self-insurance program for workers' compensation claims.

    Interest and Debt Expense

    Interest and debt expense increased to $3.4 million in fiscal 1996 from $2.9
million in fiscal 1995, due to higher levels of secured and unsecured debt.
These increases were partially offset by the lower interest expense resulting
from the repayment of $5.8 million of principal of the Company's 9.6% Senior
Notes made on August 1, 1995. Such Notes were paid in full by the Company in May
1996. See "--Liquidity and Capital Resources--Cash Flows."



                                       18

<PAGE>   19

    Other Income

    Other income for fiscal 1996 was comprised primarily of royalty income and
sublease income. Other income increased to $1.9 million in fiscal 1996 from $1.6
million in fiscal 1995, due to increases in royalty income.

    Income Tax Expense ( Benefit)

    Income tax expense increased to $2.8 million for fiscal 1996 from a benefit
of $2.5 million for fiscal 1995, as a result of increased earnings.

    Extraordinary Item

    The extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt relates to a payment
of a $1.5 million makewhole amount and the write-off of $241,000 in deferred
financing costs in connection with the prepayment of the Company's 9.6% Senior
Notes in May 1996. See "--Liquidity and Capital Resources -- Cash Flows." This
item is reported net of an income tax benefit of $677,000.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

    Cash Flows

    The Company finances its operations with a combination of cash flows from
operations and borrowings. On May 24, 1996, the Company completed the Offering.
The Company obtained net proceeds of $47.7 million from the Offering. Of such
amount, $25.4 million was utilized to repay the Company's 9.6% Senior Notes due
August 1, 1999 (including a $1.5 million makewhole amount resulting from the
prepayment of such Notes), and $8.1 million was utilized to repay debt under a
secured bank line of credit. See "-- Borrowings." The balance of the net
proceeds was utilized for general corporate purposes.

    The Company experienced a cash inflow from operations of $7.0 million for
fiscal 1997, compared to a cash outflow of $11.2 million for fiscal 1996. The
cash provided from operations for fiscal 1997 resulted primarily from net
earnings, the add-back for depreciation and amortization, and the increase in
income taxes payable. Cash provided by operations was partially offset by
increases in inventories and accounts receivables (discussed below) and a
decrease in the restructuring costs accrual. Cash used in operations for fiscal
1996 was due to increases in accounts receivable and inventories combined with
decreases in accounts payable, accrued workers compensation and the
restructuring costs accrual.

    Inventories increased to $25.1 million at May 31, 1997, from $19.4 million
at May 31, 1996, primarily due to: (i) an increased number of finished goods to
support increased sales; (ii) increased apparel inventory to support sales from
the Company's new apparel division; and (iii) consolidation of approximately
$870,000 and $121,000 in inventories held by Global and Vans Latinoamericana,
respectively.

    Net accounts receivable increased to $24.4 at May 31, 1997 from $20.8
million at May 31, 1996, primarily due to the increase in net sales the Company
experienced during the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997 and the timing of such
sales, and the consolidation of $959,000 and $150,000 in net accounts receivable
from Global and Vans Latinoamericana, respectively.

    The Company incurred a net cash outflow from investing activities of $5.6
million for fiscal 1997, compared to a net cash outflow of $1.8 million for
fiscal 1996. These outflows represented capital expenditures related to new
retail store openings, tenant improvements made to the Orange Facility,
investments in the entity which owns the Vans Warped Tour musical event, and
costs related to upgrading the Company's distribution and shipping computer
software system. See "--Capital Expenditures." Cash used in investing activities
for fiscal 1996 was primarily related to the ramp-up of production at the Vista
Facility and the opening of the new retail stores.

    The Company incurred a net cash outflow from financing activities of
$314,000 for fiscal 1997, compared to a net cash inflow of $24.0 million for
fiscal 1996. The outflows primarily related to the repayment of short-term
borrowings, substantially offset by the net proceeds for the issuance of Common
Stock. The net inflow of cash from financing activities for fiscal 1996 resulted
primarily from the net proceeds of the Offering and short-term borrowing, offset
by the repayment of the Company's 9.6% Senior Notes.

    Borrowings

    The Company has a secured line of credit (the "Secured Line of Credit") with
Bank of the West (the "Bank"). The Secured Line of Credit permits the Company to
borrow up to $20.0 million, and is secured by the Company's accounts receivables
and inventories, other than snowboard boot accounts receivable and inventories.
The Company pays interest on the debt incurred under the Secured Line of Credit
at the prime rate established by the Bank from time to time, plus a percentage
which varies depending on the Company's ratio of debt to earnings before
interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (the "Debt to 



                                       19

<PAGE>   20

EBITDA Ratio"). The Company has the option to pay interest at the LIBOR rate
plus a percentage which varies with the Company's Debt to EBITDA Ratio. Under
the agreement establishing the Secured Line of Credit, the Company must maintain
certain financial covenants and is prohibited from paying dividends or making
any other distribution without the Bank's consent. Debt incurred under the
Secured Line of Credit is due and payable on November 1, 1997. At May 31, 1997,
the Company had no funds drawn down under the Secured Line of Credit.

  Current Cash Position

    The Company's cash position was $15.4 million as of May 31, 1997, compared
to $14.2 million at May 31, 1996. The Company's cash position was, in the past
two years, adversely impacted by increased working capital requirements caused
by the rapid sales growth of the imported International Collection. These
working capital constraints, in turn, adversely impacted sales to the Company's
national accounts in the second half of fiscal 1996 because the Company had
previously committed a significant portion of its available funds to produce
goods to support increased international sales which are ordered earlier in the
year than production for national sales. Because the International Collection is
imported, there are greater timing differences between the payment for goods and
the receipt of cash from sales of such goods than if produced domestically.
Additionally, because payment terms in the ski and snow industry are longer than
the Company's traditional distribution channels, there are even greater timing
differences between payment for the Company's line of snowboard boots and the
receipt of cash from sales of such boots.

    Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the next 24 months, the Company believes
that cash from operations, together with borrowings from the Secured Line of
Credit (which the Company anticipates, but cannot assure, will be renewed as it
matures), should be sufficient to meet its working capital needs. NOTE: THE
PREVIOUS SENTENCE IS A FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENT. THE COMPANY'S ACTUAL RESULTS
COULD DIFFER MATERIALLY. FACTORS THAT COULD CAUSE OR CONTRIBUTE TO SUCH
DIFFERENCES INCLUDE: (I) THE COMPANY'S RATE OF GROWTH; (II) THE COMPANY'S
PRODUCT MIX BETWEEN THE INTERNATIONAL COLLECTION, SNOWBOARD BOOTS AND
DOMESTICALLY-PRODUCED FOOTWEAR; (III) THE COMPANY'S ABILITY TO EFFECTIVELY
MANAGE ITS INVENTORY LEVELS; (IV) TIMING DIFFERENCES IN PAYMENT FOR THE
COMPANY'S FOREIGN-SOURCED PRODUCT, WHICH ARE DISCUSSED IN THE FOREGOING
PARAGRAPH; (V) THE INCREASED UTILIZATION OF LETTERS OF CREDIT FOR PURCHASES OF
FOREIGN-SOURCED PRODUCT; AND (VI) TIMING DIFFERENCES IN PAYMENT FOR PRODUCT
WHICH IS SOURCED FROM COUNTRIES WHICH HAVE LONGER SHIPPING LEAD TIMES, SUCH AS
CHINA.

    Capital Expenditures

    The Company's capital expenditures for fiscal 1997 were $5.1 million. In the
fourth quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company relocated its corporate offices to
the Santa Fe Springs Facility at a cost of approximately $2.2 million. In the
first month of fiscal 1998 the Company also relocated its distribution center
from Industry, California to the Santa Fe Springs Facility. The Company
estimates that it will need to spend an additional $600,000 - $1.1 million for
new equipment and the completion of certain tenant improvements for such
Facility.

    In fiscal 1998, the Company plans to open approximately 10-12 new retail
stores. The stores will be opened throughout the year and consist primarily of
outlet stores located in California and other states. At the same time, the
Company will continue to identify and close under-performing stores.

    The Company is also exploring a number of other projects which may involve
capital expenditures. While it is too early to estimate the depth, and therefore
the cost of these projects, the Company does not currently anticipate a
significant increase in the level of capital expenditures in fiscal 1998 and
estimates that these projects will be financed with internally generated funds.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

    In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
Statement Of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 128, "Earnings Per
Share." SFAS No. 128 specifies new standards designed to improve the earnings
per share ("EPS") information provided in financial statements by simplifying
the existing computational guidelines, revising the disclosure requirements and
increasing the comparability of EPS data on an international basis. Some of the
changes made to simplify the EPS computations include: (a) eliminating the
presentation of primary EPS and replacing it with basic EPS, with the principal
difference being that the common stock equivalents are not considered in
computing basic EPS, (b) eliminating the modified treasury stock method and the
three percent materiality provision, and (c) revising the contingent share
provisions and the supplemental EPS data requirements. SFAS No. 128 also makes a
number of changes to existing disclosure requirements. SFAS No. 128 is effective
for financial statements issued for periods ending after December 15, 1997,
including interim periods. The Company has not yet determined the impact of the
implementation of SFAS No. 128.

    In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income." The new statement is effective for both interim and annual periods
beginning after December 15, 1997. The Company has not yet determined the impact
of adopting this new standard on the consolidated financial statements.



                                       20

<PAGE>   21

    In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of
an Enterprise and Related Information." The new statement is effective for
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997. The Company has not yet
determined the impact of adopting this new standard on the consolidated
financial statements.

SEASONALITY

    The footwear industry is characterized by significant seasonality of net
sales and results of operations. In the past two years, the Company's business
has been moderately seasonal, with the largest percentage of sales realized in
the first fiscal quarter (June through August), the so-called "Back to School"
months. In addition, because snowboarding is a winter sport, sales of the
Company's snowboard boots have historically been strongest in the first and
second fiscal quarters. As the Company increases its international sales through
VFEL and experiences changes in its product mix, it believes that future
quarterly results will vary from historical trends. In addition to seasonal
fluctuations, the Company's operating results fluctuate quarter-to-quarter as a
result of the timing of holidays, weather, timing of shipments, product mix,
cost of materials and the mix between wholesale and retail channels. Because of
such fluctuations, the results of operations of any quarter are not necessarily
indicative of the results that may be achieved for a full fiscal year or any
future quarter. In addition, there can be no assurance that the Company's future
results will be consistent with past results or the projections of securities
analysts.

ITEM  8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

         The information required by this Item is set forth at pages F-2 - F-18
of this Report.

ITEM  9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
         FINANCIAL

DISCLOSURE

         Not applicable.

                                    PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

         The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by
reference to the captions "Proposal 1 - Election of Directors," Information
Relating to Executive Officers" and "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership
Reporting Compliance" on pages 4, 7, and 15 of the Proxy Statement for the
Company's 1997 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the
Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this
report.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

         The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by
reference to the caption "Executive Compensation and Other Information" on page
9 of the Proxy Statement for the Company's 1997 Annual Meeting of Stockholders,
which will be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of the
fiscal year covered by this report.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

         The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by
reference to the caption "Security Ownership of Management and Certain
Beneficial Owners" on page 2 of the Proxy Statement for the Company's 1997
Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the Commission within
120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

         The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by
reference to the disclosure under the caption "Certain Transactions" on page 15
of the Proxy Statement for the Company's 1997 Annual Meeting of Stockholders,
which will be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of the
fiscal year covered by this Report.

                                     PART IV

ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a)     (1)    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

               The Company's Financial Statements and the Notes thereto are set
               forth at pages F-2 - F-18 of this Report.



                                       21

<PAGE>   22

        (2)    FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

               The Financial Statement Schedule and the report of independent
auditors thereon are set forth at pages F-19 and F-20 of this report.

        (3)    EXHIBITS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.    EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
- -----------    -------------------

<S>            <C>                                                             
(8)  2.1       Agreement  of  Merger   between  the  Registrant  and  Van  Doren
               Rubber, dated July 31, 1991

(2)  2.1       Certificate  of  Ownership  and  Merger  (Delaware)  of Van Doren
               Rubber into the Registrant, dated August 19, 1991

(2)  2.2       Certificate of Ownership  (California)  of the Registrant and Van
               Doren Rubber, dated August 19, 1991

(2)  3.1       Restated  Certificate of Incorporation  of the Registrant,  dated
               August 30, 1991

(2)  3.1.1     Certificate  of  Retirement  of  Class A and  Class  B  Preferred
               Stock of the Registrant, dated August 29, 1991

(2)  3.2       Restated By-laws of the Registrant

(6)  3.2.1     Amendment No. 1 of Restated By-laws of the Registrant

(6)  3.2.2     Amendment No. 2 of Restated By-laws of the Registrant

(8)  3.3       Certificate of Designation of Preferences and Rights of Series A
               Junior Participating Preferred Stock of the Registrant

     4.1       Reference is made to Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2

(8)  4.2       Specimen Stock Certificate

(2) 4.12       Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 21, 1991, between the
               Registrant and holders of the Registrant's Senior Notes due
               August 1, 1999 (executed composite)

(6)  4.12.1    Amendment No. 1 to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of
               August 5, 1993, by and between the Registrant and Teachers
               Insurance and Annuity Association (the "Teachers Note Agreement")
               re: Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

(6)  4.12.2    Amendment No. 2 to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 9,
               1993, by and among the Registrant and Connecticut General Life
               Insurance Company, Connecticut General Life Insurance Company, on
               behalf of one or more separate accounts, and Life Insurance
               Company of North America (the "CIGNA Note Agreement") re: Fixed
               Charge Coverate Ratio

(4)  4.12.3    Amendment No. 2 to the Teachers Note Agreement, dated as of
               December 15, 1993, re: Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

(4)  4.12.4    Amendment No. 2 to the CIGNA Note Agreement, dated as of December
               20, 1993, re: Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

(9)  4.12.5    Amendment No. 3 to the Teachers Note Agreement, dated as of May
               13, 1994, re: Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

(9)  4.12.6    Amendment No. 3 to the CIGNA Note Agreement, dated as of May 23,
               1994, re: Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
</TABLE>



                                       22

<PAGE>   23


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.    EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
- -----------    -------------------

<S>            <C>                                                             

(10) 4.12.7    Modification Letter, dated as of July 1, 1995, by and among the
               Registrant, Teachers and Cigna, regarding amending the Teachers
               and Cigna Note Agreements.

(14) 4.12.8    Modification Letter No. 2 , dated as of August 25, 1995, by and
               among the Registrant, Teachers and Cigna

(15) 4.12.9    Modification Letter No. 3, dated as of March 29, 1996, by and
               among the Registrant, Teachers and Cigna

(7)  4.13      Form of Preferred Stock Purchase Rights Certificate

(7)  4.14      Rights Agreement, dated as of February 22, 1994, by and between
               the Registrant and Chemical Trust Company of California, as
               Rights Agent

(21) 4.14.1    Amendment No. 1 to Rights Agreement, dated as of December 18,
               1996, by and between the Registrant and ChaseMellon Shareholder
               Services, successor to Chemical Trust Company of California as
               Rights Agent

(6) 10.1       Management Services Agreement, dated as of February 16, 1988, by
               and between Van Doren Rubber Company, Inc., the Registrant's
               predecessor ("Van Doren Rubber"), and McCown De Leeuw & Co.

(6) 10.1.1     Amendment to Management Services Agreement, dated as of July 11,
               1991, by and between Van Doren Rubber and MDC Management Company
               ("MDC Management Agreement")

(11)10.1.2     Amendment No. 2 to the MDC Management Agreement

(6) 10.2       MDV Holdings, Inc. (now known as Vans, Inc.) Incentive Stock
               Option Plan

(6) 10.2.1     Amendment No. 1 to MDV Holdings, Inc. Incentive Stock Option Plan
               dated June 28, 1991

(2) 10.3       Standard Industrial  Lease-Net,  dated as of May 27, 1992, by and
               between  the  Registrant  and Golden West Vista  Associates  (the
               "Vista Lease")

(9) 10.3.1     Amendment No. 1 to the Vista Lease

(9) 10.3.2     Letter Agreement modifying Amendment No. 1 to the Vista Lease

(1) 10.4       Employment Agreement, dated as of March 10, 1997, by and between
               the Registrant and Craig E. Gosselin, superseding his Employment
               Agreement, dated July 1, 1992

(6) 10.5       1991 Long-Term Incentive Plan

(2) 10.5.1     Amendment No. 1 to 1991 Long-Term Incentive Plan

(2) 10.5.2     Amendment No. 2 to 1991 Long-Term Incentive Plan

(9) 10.5.3     Amendment No. 3 to the 1991 Long-Term Incentive Plan

(11)10.5.4     Amendment No. 4 to the 1991 Long-Term Incentive Plan

(11)10.5.5     Amendment No. 5 to the 1991 Long-Term Incentive Plan

(18) 10.5.6    Amendment No. 6 to the 1991 Long-Term Incentive Plan

(6) 10.6       International Distributor Agreement, dated as of December 7,
               1992, by and between W. P. Lavori In Corso s.r.l. and the
               Registrant
</TABLE>



                                       23

<PAGE>   24

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.    EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
- -----------    -------------------
<S>            <C>                                                             
(6) 10.7       Trademark License Agreement, dated as of December 7, 1992, by and
               between W. P. Lavori In Corso s.r.l. and the Registrant (the
               "Lavori Trademark Agreement")

(16)10.7.1     Letter of Agreement, dated December 3, 1995, amending the Lavori
               Trademark Agreement

(6) 10.8       Software License Agreement, dated March 31, 1993, by and between
               the Registrant and J.D. Edwards Software, Inc., and Addenda
               thereto

(6) 10.9       License Agreement for Software Products, dated July 29, 1993, by
               and between the Island Pacific Systems Corporation and the
               Registrant

(6) 10.10      Software License Agreement, dated as of May 27, 1993, by and
               between the Registrant and STR, Inc.

(9) 10.11      Incentive Stock Option Agreement, dated as of September 22, 1993,
               by and between the Registrant and Walter E. Schoenfeld, covering
               30,000 shares

(9) 10.12      Incentive Stock Option Agreement, dated as of September 22, 1993,
               by and between the Registrant and Walter E. Schoenfeld, covering
               100,000 shares

(10)10.13      Agency Agreement, dated as of June 15, 1994, by and between the
               Registrant and Sung Won International

(1) 10.14      Employment Agreement, dated as of March 10, 1997, by and between
               the Registrant and Sari K. Ratsula, superseding her Employment
               Agreement, dated June 15, 1994

(1) 10.15      Employment Agreement, dated as of March 10, 1997, by and between
               the Registrant and Steven J. Van Doren, superseding his
               Employment Agreement, dated June 15, 1997

(9) 10.17      Employment Agreement, dated as of June 15, 1994, by and between
               the Registrant and Robert E. Diamond

(11)10.18      Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of July 1, 1995, by and
               between the Registrant and Bank of the West

(14)10.18.1    First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of
               August 25, 1995, by and between the Registrant and Bank of the
               West

(16)10.18.2    Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of
               November 8, 1995, by and between the Registrant and Bank of the
               West

(13)10.18.3    Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of
               March 29, 1996, by and between the Company and Bank of the West

(22)10.18.4    Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of
               April 11, 1996, by and between the Company and Bank of the West

(16)10.18.5    Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of
               July 16, 1996, by and between the Company and Bank of the West

(18) 10.18.5   Amendment and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated
               December 2, 1996, by and between the Company and Bank of the West

(11)10.19      Agreement, dated as of April 26, 1995, by and between Ssangyong
               Corporation and the Registrant

(11)10.20      Employment Agreement, dated as of May 25, 1995, by and between
               the Registrant and Gary L. Dunlap
</TABLE>



                                       24

<PAGE>   25

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.    EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
- -----------    -------------------
<S>            <C>                                                             
(21)10.21      Tour Title Sponsorship Agreement, dated as of May 8, 1996, by and
               between the Registrant and C.C.R.L., LLC

(12)10.22      License Agreement dated as of August 10, 1995, by and between the
               Registrant and Switch Manufacturing

(12)10.23      Amendment, dated as of January 5, 1995, by and between the
               Registrant and Switch Manufacturing

(12)10.24      Trademark License Agreement, dated as of November 15, 1995, by
               and between the Registrant and Oneita Industries

(12)10.25      Employment Agreement, dated as of September 1, 1995, by and
               between the Registrant and Gary H. Schoenfeld

(1) 10.25.1    Amendment No. 1 to the Employment Agreement of Gary H. Schoenfeld

(12)10.26      Incentive Stock Option, dated as of September 1, 1995, by and
               between the Registrant and Gary H. Schoenfeld

(13)10.27      Employment Agreement dated as of December 1, 1995, by and between
               Walter E. Schoenfeld and the Registrant

(19)10.27.1    Amendment No. 1 to the Employment Agreement of Walter E.
               Schoenfeld

(13)10.28      Incentive Stock Option Agreement, dated as of May 11, 1995, by
               and between Walter E. Schoenfeld and the Registrant

(13)10.29      Amendment to Incentive Stock Option of Walter E. Schoenfeld,
               dated as of January 8, 1996

(13)10.30      Financing Agreement, dated as of March 29, 1996, by and between
               the Registrant and Ssangyong (U.S.A.), Inc.

(13)10.31      Letter, dated March 7, 1996, from Gary H. Schoenfeld to Ssangyong
               Corporation re the Financing Agreement

(13)10.32      Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of March 29, 1996, by and among
               the Registrant, Ssangyong (U.S.A.), Inc., Bank of the West, Cigna
               and Teachers

(13)10.33      Security Agreement, dated as of March 29, 1996, by and between
               the Registrant, and Ssangyong (U.S.A.), Inc.

(13)10.34      Security Agreement, dated as of March 29, 1996, by and between
               Vans Footwear International, Inc. and Ssangyong (U.S.A.), Inc.

(13)10.35      Trademark Security Agreement and Collateral Assignment of
               Trademarks, dated as of March 29, 1996, by and among the
               Registrant, Cigna and Teachers

(11)10.36      Security Agreement, dated as of March 29, 1996, by and among the
               Registrant, Cigna and Teachers

(16)10.37      Employment Agreement, dated as of February 14, 1996, by and
               between Kyle B. Wescoat and the Registrant

(19)10.38      Employment Agreement, dated as of January 22, 1996, by and
               between Robert H. Camarena and the Registrant

(16)10.39      Separation and Consulting Agreement, dated as of January 2, 1996,
               by and between Joseph C. Gaspers and the Registrant
</TABLE>



                                       25

<PAGE>   26

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.    EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
- -----------    -------------------
<S>            <C>                                                             
(16)10.40      UCC-2 Termination Statement terminating the security interest of
               Cigna and Teachers in certain assets of the Registrant

(16)10.41      Release of Grant of Security Interest in the Registrant's
               Trademarks executed by Cigna and Teachers

(16)10.42      Employment Agreement, dated July 1, 1996, by and between the
               Registrant and John T. Dickinson

(16)10.43      Employment Agreement, dated July 1, 1996, by and between the
               Registrant and Charles C. Kupfer

(16)10.44      Standard Industrial/Commercial Single Tenant Lease Gross, dated
               August 15, 1996, by and between the Registrant and CAPCO, Inc.

 (16)10.45     Standard Industrial/Commercial Single Tenant Lease - Net, dated
               July 22, 1996, by and between the Registrant and Orange
               Engineering & Machine, Inc.

(16)10.46      Trust Under Vans, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, dated as of
               June 3, 1996

(18) 10.46.1   Amendment to Trust under Vans, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan

(16)10.47      Deferred Compensation Agreement for Walter Schoenfeld, dated as
               of June 1, 1996

(18) 10.47.1   First Amendment to Deferred Compensation Agreement for Walter
               Schoenfeld

(1) 10.48      Standard Industrial Sublease, dated March 25, 1997, by and
               between the Registrant and Frank Zamarripa Inc.

(17) 10.49     Lease between Wohl Venture One, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
               company, and the Registrant

(17) 10.50     Construction Agreement between Wohl Venture One, LLC, a Delaware
               limited liability company, and the Registrant

(17) 10.51     Separation Agreement, dated as of September 5, 1996, by and
               between Marc A. Gold and the Registrant

(18) 10.52     Employment Agreement, dated December 4, 1996, by and between the
               Registrant and Jay E. Wilson

(18) 10.53     Employment Agreement, dated December 17, 1996, by and between the
               Registrant and Casey G. Waid

(19) 10.54     Tour Title Sponsorship Agreement, dated January 1, 1997, by and
               between the Registrant and C.C.R.L., LLC, a California limited
               liability company

(19) 10.55     Amended and Restated Operating Agreement, dated January 1, 1997,
               by and among the Registrant, Gendler, Codikow & Carroll, Kevin
               Lyman Production Services, and Creative Artists Agency (the
               "Operating Agreement")

(19) 10.56     Side Letter to the Operating Agreement

(19) 10.57     Employment Agreement, dated February 1, 1997, by and between the
               Registrant and John Walker

(20) 10.58     Share Sale and Purchase Option Agreement, dated November 20,
               1996, by and among the Registrant and the shareholders of Global
               Accessories Limited
</TABLE>



                                       26

<PAGE>   27

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.    EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
- -----------    -------------------
<S>            <C>                                                             
(1) 10.59      Employment Agreement, dated July 22, 1997, by and between the
               Registrant and Ralph Serna

(1) 10.60      Investor Rights Agreement, dated July 8, 1997, by and between the
               Registrant and the Zone Network, Inc.

(1) 10.61      Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated August 18, 1997, by and
               between the Registrant and Triple Crown, Inc.

(1) 10.62      Letter of Intent, dated August 4, 1997, by and between the
               Registrant and Board Wild LLC

(1) 22         List of Subsidiaries

    23.1       Consent of Independent Auditors is set forth at page F-19
               of this report

(1) 27         Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>

- -----------

 (1)    Filed herewith.

 (2)    Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
        the year ended May 31, 1992, and incorporated herein by this reference

 (3)    Filed as an exhibit to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Annual Report
        on Form 10-K for the year ended May 31, 1992, and incorporated herein by
        this reference

 (4)    Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
        for the period ended November 28,1993, and incorporated herein by this
        reference

 (5)    Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
        for the period ended February 27, 1994, and incorporated herein by this
        reference

 (6)    Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
        the year ended May 31, 1993, and incorporated herein by this reference

 (7)    Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Form 8-A Registration Statement
        (SEC File No. 0-19402), and incorporated herein by this reference

 (8)    Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Form 8-K, dated February 15,
        1994, and incorporated herein by this reference

 (9)    Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended May
        31, 1994, and incorporated herein by this reference

(10)    Filed as an exhibit to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Annual Report
        on Form 10-K for the year ended May 31, 1994, and incorporated herein by
        this reference

(11)    Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
        the year ended May 31, 1995

(12)    Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
        for the period ended November 25, 1995, and incorporated herein by this
        reference

(13)    File as an exhibit to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
        the period ended February 24, 1996, and incorporated herein by this
        reference

(14)    Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Form 8-K, dated October 17,
        1995, and incorporated herein by this reference

(15)    Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Form S-3 Registrant Statement,
        filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 5, 1996 (File
        No. 333-3272), and incorporated herein by this reference


                                       27

<PAGE>   28

(16)    Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
        the year ended May 31, 1996, and incorporated herein by this reference.

(17)    Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
        for the period ended August 31, 1996, and incorporated herein by this
        reference.

(18)    Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
        for the period ended November 30, 1996, and incorporated herein by this
        reference.

(19)    Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
        for the period ended November 30, 1996, and incorporated herein by this
        reference.

(20)    Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Form 8-K, dated November 20,
        1996, and incorporated herein by this reference

(21)    Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Form 8-K, dated December 17,
        1996, and incorporated herein by this reference.

(22)    Filed as an exhibit to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Annual Report
        on Form 10-K for the year ended May 31, 1996, and incorporated herein by
        this reference.



                                       28

<PAGE>   29

                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities and
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

VANS, INC.

(Registrant)

BY:     /s/ Gary H. Schoenfeld                            Date:  August 29, 1997
        ----------------------
        Gary H. Schoenfeld
        President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and
on the dates indicated.

/s/ Gary H. Schoenfeld                                    Date:  August 29, 1997
- -----------------------------------------
Gary H. Schoenfeld
President, Chief Executive Officer
and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Walter E. Schoenfeld                                  Date:  August 29, 1997
- -----------------------------------------
Walter E. Schoenfeld
Chairman of the Board and Director

/s/ Kyle B. Wescoat                                       Date:  August 29, 1997
- -----------------------------------------
Kyle B. Wescoat

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/s/ George E. McCown                                      Date:  August 29, 1997
- -----------------------------------------
George E. McCown
Director

/s/ David E. De Leeuw                                     Date:  August 29, 1997
- -----------------------------------------
David E. De Leeuw
Director

/s/ Philip H. Schaff, Jr.                                 Date:  August 29, 1997
- -----------------------------------------
Philip H. Schaff, Jr.
Director

/s/ Wilbur J. Fix                                         Date:  August 29, 1997
- -----------------------------------------
Wilbur J. Fix
Director

/s/ James R. Sulat                                        Date:  August 29, 1997
- -----------------------------------------
James R. Sulat
Director

/s/ Kathleen M. Gardarian                                 Date:  August 29, 1997
- -----------------------------------------
Kathleen M. Gardarian
Director

/s/ Lisa M. Douglas                                       Date:  August 29, 1997
- -----------------------------------------
Lisa M. Douglas
Director



                                       29

<PAGE>   30

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.    EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION                                                     PAGE
   NO.
- -----------    -------------------                                                     ----
<S>            <C>                                                                     <C>
(8)  2.1       Agreement of Merger between the Registrant and Van Doren Rubber,
               dated July 31, 1991

(2)  2.1       Certificate of Ownership and Merger (Delaware) of Van Doren
               Rubber into the Registrant, dated August 19, 1991

(2)  2.2       Certificate of Ownership (California) of the Registrant and Van
               Doren Rubber, dated August 19, 1991

(2)  3.1       Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, dated
               August 30, 1991

(2)  3.1.1     Certificate of Retirement of Class A and Class B Preferred Stock
               of the Registrant, dated August 29, 1991

(2)  3.2       Restated By-laws of the Registrant

(6)  3.2.1     Amendment No. 1 of Restated By-laws of the Registrant

(6)  3.2.2     Amendment No. 2 of Restated By-laws of the Registrant

(8)  3.3       Certificate of Designation of Preferences and Rights of Series A
               Junior Participating Preferred Stock of the Registrant

     4.1       Reference is made to Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2

(8)  4.2       Specimen Stock Certificate

(2)  4.12      Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 21, 1991, between the
               Registrant and holders of the Registrant's Senior Notes due
               August 1, 1999 (executed composite)

(6)  4.12.1    Amendment No. 1 to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of
               August 5, 1993, by and between the Registrant and Teachers
               Insurance and Annuity Association (the "Teachers Note Agreement")
               re: Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

(6)  4.12.2    Amendment No. 2 to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 9,
               1993, by and among the Registrant and Connecticut General Life
               Insurance Company, Connecticut General Life Insurance Company, on
               behalf of one or more separate accounts, and Life Insurance
               Company of North America (the "CIGNA Note Agreement") re: Fixed
               Charge Coverate Ratio

(4)  4.12.3    Amendment No. 2 to the Teachers Note Agreement, dated as of
               December 15, 1993, re: Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

(4)  4.12.4    Amendment No. 2 to the CIGNA Note Agreement, dated as of December
               20, 1993, re: Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

(9)  4.12.5    Amendment No. 3 to the Teachers Note Agreement, dated as of May
               13, 1994, re: Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

(9)  4.12.6    Amendment No. 3 to the CIGNA Note Agreement, dated as of May 23,
               1994, re: Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

(10) 4.12.7    Modification Letter, dated as of July 1, 1995, by and among the
               Registrant, Teachers and Cigna, regarding amending the Teachers
               and Cigna Note Agreements.

(14) 4.12.8    Modification Letter No. 2 , dated as of August 25, 1995, by and
               among the Registrant, Teachers and Cigna
</TABLE>



                                       30

<PAGE>   31

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.    EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION                                                     PAGE
   NO.
- -----------    -------------------                                                     ----
<S>            <C>                                                                     <C>
(15) 4.12.9    Modification Letter No. 3, dated as of March 29, 1996, by and
               among the Registrant, Teachers and Cigna

(7)  4.13      Form of Preferred Stock Purchase Rights Certificate

(7)  4.14      Rights Agreement, dated as of February 22, 1994, by and between
               the Registrant and Chemical Trust Company of California, as
               Rights Agent

(21) 4.14.1    Amendment  No. 1 to Rights  Agreement,  dated as of December  18,
               1996, by and between the Registrant and  ChaseMellon  Shareholder
               Services,  successor to Chemical  Trust  Company of California as
               Rights Agent

(6) 10.1       Management Services Agreement, dated as of February 16, 1988, by
               and between Van Doren Rubber Company, Inc., the Registrant's
               predecessor ("Van Doren Rubber"), and McCown De Leeuw & Co.

(6) 10.1.1     Amendment to Management Services Agreement, dated as of July 11,
               1991, by and between Van Doren Rubber and MDC Management Company
               ("MDC Management Agreement")

(11)10.1.2     Amendment No. 2 to the MDC Management Agreement

(18) 10.5.6    Amendment No. 6 to the 1991 Long-Term Incentive Plan

(6) 10.2       MDV Holdings, Inc. (now known as Vans, Inc.) Incentive Stock
               Option Plan

(6) 10.2.1     Amendment No. 1 to MDV Holdings, Inc. Incentive Stock Option Plan
               dated June 28, 1991

(2) 10.3       Standard Industrial Lease-Net, dated as of May 27, 1992, by and
               between the Registrant and Golden West Vista Associates (the
               "Vista Lease")

(9) 10.3.1     Amendment No. 1 to the Vista Lease

(9) 10.3.2     Letter Agreement modifying Amendment No. 1 to the Vista Lease

(1) 10.4       Employment Agreement, dated as of March 10, 1997, by and between
               the Registrant and Craig E. Gosselin, superseding his Employment
               Agreement, dated July 1, 1992

(6) 10.5       1991 Long-Term Incentive Plan

(2) 10.5.1     Amendment No. 1 to 1991 Long-Term Incentive Plan

(2) 10.5.2     Amendment No. 2 to 1991 Long-Term Incentive Plan

(9) 10.5.3     Amendment No. 3 to the 1991 Long-Term Incentive Plan

(11)10.5.4     Amendment No. 4 to the 1991 Long-Term Incentive Plan

(11)10.5.5     Amendment No. 5 to the 1991 Long-Term Incentive Plan

(6) 10.6       International Distributor Agreement, dated as of December 7,
               1992, by and between W. P. Lavori In Corso s.r.l. and the
               Registrant

(6) 10.7       Trademark License Agreement, dated as of December 7, 1992, by and
               between W. P. Lavori In Corso s.r.l. and the Registrant (the
               "Lavori Trademark Agreement")

(16)10.7.1     Letter of Agreement, dated December 3, 1995, amending the Lavori
               Trademark Agreement
</TABLE>



                                       31

<PAGE>   32

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.    EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION                                                     PAGE
   NO.
- -----------    -------------------                                                     ----
<S>            <C>                                                                     <C>
(6) 10.8       Software License Agreement, dated March 31, 1993, by and between
               the Registrant and J.D. Edwards Software, Inc., and Addenda
               thereto

(6) 10.9       License Agreement for Software Products, dated July 29, 1993, by
               and between the Island Pacific Systems Corporation and the
               Registrant

(6) 10.10      Software License Agreement, dated as of May 27, 1993, by and
               between the Registrant and STR, Inc.

(9) 10.11      Incentive Stock Option Agreement, dated as of September 22, 1993,
               by and between the Registrant and Walter E. Schoenfeld, covering
               30,000 shares

(9) 10.12      Incentive Stock Option Agreement, dated as of September 22, 1993,
               by and between the Registrant and Walter E. Schoenfeld, covering
               100,000 shares

(10)10.13      Agency Agreement, dated as of June 15, 1994, by and between the
               Registrant and Sung Won International

(1) 10.14      Employment Agreement, dated as of March 10, 1997, by and between
               the Registrant and Sari K. Ratsula, superseding her Employment
               Agreement, dated June 15, 1994

(1) 10.15      Employment Agreement, dated as of March 10, 1997, by and between
               the Registrant and Steven J. Van Doren, superseding his
               Employment Agreement, dated June 15, 1994

(9) 10.17      Employment Agreement, dated as of June 15, 1994, by and between
               the Registrant and Robert E. Diamond

(11)10.18      Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of July 1, 1995, by and
               between the Registrant and Bank of the West

(14)10.18.1    First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of
               August 25, 1995, by and between the Registrant and Bank of the
               West

(16)10.18.2    Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of
               November 8, 1995, by and between the Registrant and Bank of the
               West

(13)10.18.3    Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of
               March 29, 1996, by and between the Company and Bank of the West

(22)10.18.4    Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of
               April 11, 1996, by and between the Company and Bank of the West

(16)10.18.5    Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of
               July 16, 1996, by and between the Company and Bank of the West

(18) 10.18.5   Amendment and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated
               December 2, 1996, by and between the Company and Bank of the West

(11)10.19      Agreement, dated as of April 26, 1995, by and between Ssangyong
               Corporation and the Registrant

(11)10.20      Employment Agreement, dated as of May 25, 1995, by and between
               the Registrant and Gary L. Dunlap

(21)10.21      Tour Title Sponsorship Agreement, dated as of May 8, 1996, by and
               between the Registrant and C.C.R.L., LLC

(12)10.22      License Agreement dated as of August 10, 1995, by and between the
               Registrant and Switch Manufacturing
</TABLE>



                                       32

<PAGE>   33

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.    EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION                                                     PAGE
   NO.
- -----------    -------------------                                                     ----
<S>            <C>                                                                     <C>
(12)10.23      Amendment, dated as of January 5, 1995, by and between the
               Registrant and Switch Manufacturing

(12)10.24      Trademark License Agreement, dated as of November 15, 1995, by
               and between the Registrant and Oneita Industries

(12)10.25      Employment Agreement, dated as of September 1, 1995, by and
               between the Registrant and Gary H. Schoenfeld

(1) 10.25.1    Amendment No. 1 to the Employment Agreement of Gary H. Schoenfeld

(12)10.26      Incentive Stock Option, dated as of September 1, 1995, by and
               between the Registrant and Gary H. Schoenfeld

(13)10.27      Employment Agreement dated as of December 1, 1995, by and between
               Walter E. Schoenfeld and the Registrant

(19)10.27.1    Amendment No. 1 to the Employment Agreement of Walter E.
               Schoenfeld

(13)10.28      Incentive Stock Option Agreement, dated as of May 11, 1995, by
               and between Walter E. Schoenfeld and the Registrant

(13)10.29      Amendment to Incentive Stock Option of Walter E. Schoenfeld,
               dated as of January 8, 1996

(13)10.30      Financing Agreement, dated as of March 29, 1996, by and between
               the Registrant and Ssangyong (U.S.A.), Inc.

(13)10.31      Letter, dated March 7, 1996, from Gary H. Schoenfeld to Ssangyong
               Corporation re the Financing Agreement

(13)10.32      Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of March 29, 1996, by and among
               the Registrant, Ssangyong (U.S.A.), Inc., Bank of the West, Cigna
               and Teachers

(13)10.33      Security Agreement, dated as of March 29, 1996, by and between
               the Registrant, and Ssangyong (U.S.A.), Inc.

(13)10.34      Security Agreement, dated as of March 29, 1996, by and between
               Vans Footwear International, Inc. and Ssangyong (U.S.A.), Inc.

(13)10.35      Trademark Security Agreement and Collateral Assignment of
               Trademarks, dated as of March 29, 1996, by and among the
               Registrant, Cigna and Teachers

(13)10.36      Security Agreement, dated as of March 29, 1996, by and among the
               Registrant, Cigna and Teachers

(16)10.37      Employment Agreement, dated as of February 14, 1996, by and
               between Kyle B. Wescoat and the Registrant

(19)10.38      Employment Agreement, dated as of January 22, 1996, by and
               between Robert H. Camarena and the Registrant

(16)10.39      Separation and Consulting Agreement, dated as of January 2, 1996,
               by and between Joseph C. Gaspers and the Registrant

(16)10.40      UCC-2 Termination Statement terminating the security interest of
               Cigna and Teachers in certain assets of the Registrant

(16)10.41      Release of Grant of Security Interest in the Registrant's
               Trademarks executed by Cigna and Teachers
</TABLE>



                                       33

<PAGE>   34

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.    EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION                                                     PAGE
   NO.
- -----------    -------------------                                                     ----
<S>            <C>                                                                     <C>
(16)10.42      Employment Agreement, dated July 1, 1996, by and between the
               Registrant and John T. Dickinson

(16)10.43      Employment Agreement, dated July 1, 1996, by and between the
               Registrant and Charles C. Kupfer

(16)10.44      Standard Industrial/Commercial Single Tenant Lease - Gross, dated
               August 15, 1996, by and between the Registrant and CAPCO, Inc.

(16)10.45      Standard Industrial/Commercial Single Tenant Lease - Net, dated
               July 22, 1996, by and between the Registrant and Orange
               Engineering & Machine, Inc.

(16)10.46      Trust Under Vans, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, dated as of
               June 3, 1996

(16) 10.46.1   Amendment to Trust Under Vans, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan

(16)10.47      Deferred Compensation Agreement for Walter Schoenfeld, dated as
               of June 1, 1996

(1) 10.48      Standard Industrial Sublease, dated March 25, 1997, by and
               between the Registrant and Frank Zamarripa Inc.

(17) 10.49     Lease between Wohl Venture One, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
               company, and the Registrant

(17) 10.50     Construction Agreement between Wohl Venture One, LLC, a Delaware
               limited liability company, and the Registrant

(17) 10.51     Separation Agreement, dated as of September 5, 1996, by and
               between Marc A. Gold and the Registrant

(18) 10.52     Employment Agreement, dated December 4, 1996, by and between the
               Registrant and Jay E. Wilson

(18) 10.53     Employment Agreement, dated December 17, 1996, by and between the
               Registrant and Casey G. Waid

(19) 10.54     Tour Title Sponsorship Agreement, dated January 1, 1997, by and
               between the Registrant and C.C.R.L., LLC, a California limited
               liability company

(19) 10.55     Amendment and Restated Operating Agreement, dated January 1,
               1997, by and among the Registrant, Gendler, Codikow & Carroll,
               Kevin Lyman Production Services and Creative Artists Agency (the
               "Operating Agreement")

(19) 10.56     Side Letter to the Operating Agreement

(19) 10.57     Employment Agreement, dated February 1, 1997, by and between the
               Registrant and John Walker

(20) 10.58     Share Sale and Purchase Option Agreement, dated November 20,
               1996, by and among the Registrant and the shareholders of

               Global Accessories Limited

(1) 10.59      Employment Agreement, dated July 22, 1997, by and between the
               Registrant and Ralph Serna

(1) 10.60      Investor Rights Agreement, dated July 8, 1997, by and between the
               Registrant and The Zone Network, Inc.

(1) 10.61      Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated August 18, 1997, by and
               between the Registrant and Triple Crown, Inc.
</TABLE>



                                       34

<PAGE>   35

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.    EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION                                                     PAGE
   NO.
- -----------    -------------------                                                     ----
<S>            <C>                                                                     <C>
(1) 10.62      Letter of Intent, dated August 4, 1997, by and between the
               Registrant and Board Wild LLC

(1) 22         List of Subsidiaries

    23.1       Consent of Independent Auditors is set forth at page F-19
               of this report 

(1) 27         Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>

- ----------

 (1)    Filed herewith.

 (2)    Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
        the year ended May 31, 1992, and incorporated herein by this reference

 (3)    Filed as an exhibit to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Annual Report
        on Form 10-K for the year ended May 31, 1992, and incorporated herein by
        this reference

 (4)    Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
        for the period ended November 28,1993, and incorporated herein by this
        reference

 (5)    Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
        for the period ended February 27, 1994, and incorporated herein by this
        reference

 (6)    Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
        the year ended May 31, 1993, and incorporated herein by this reference

 (7)    Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Form 8-A Registration Statement
        (SEC File No. 0-19402), and incorporated herein by this reference

 (8)    Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Form 8-K, dated February 15,
        1994, and incorporated herein by this reference

 (9)    Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended May
        31, 1994, and incorporated herein by this reference

(10)    Filed as an exhibit to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Annual Report
        on Form 10-K for the year ended May 31, 1994, and incorporated herein by
        this reference

(11)    Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
        the year ended May 31, 1995

(12)    Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
        for the period ended November 25, 1995, and incorporated herein by this
        reference

(13)    File as an exhibit to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
        the period ended February 24, 1996, and incorporated herein by this
        reference

(14)    Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Form 8-K, dated October 17,
        1995, and incorporated herein by this reference

(15)    Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Form S-3 Registrant Statement,
        filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 5, 1996 (File
        No. 333-3272), and incorporated herein by this reference

(16)    Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
        the year ended May 31, 1996, and incorporated herein by this reference.

(17)    Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
        for the period ended August 31, 1996, and incorporated herein by this
        reference.



                                       35

<PAGE>   36

(18)    Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
        for the period ended November 30, 1996, and incorporated herein by this
        reference.

(19)    Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
        for the period ended March 1, 1997, and incorporated herein by this
        reference.

(20)    Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Form 8-K, dated November 20,
        1996, and incorporated herein by this reference.

(21)    Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Form 8-K, dated December 17,
        1996, and incorporated herein by this reference.

(22)    Filed as an exhibit to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Annual Report
        on Form 10-K for the year ended May 31, 1996, and incorporated herein by
        this reference.



                                       36

<PAGE>   37

                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL INFORMATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                <C>
Consolidated Financial Statements:

Independent Auditors' Report                                     F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of May 31, 1997 and 1996          F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations
for the Years Ended May 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995                  F-4

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
for the Years Ended May 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995                  F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
for the Years Ended May 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995                  F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                       F-7

Consent of Independent Auditors                                  F-19

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and              F-20
Reserves
</TABLE>


All other schedules are omitted because they are not required, are not
applicable, or the information is included the Consolidated Financial Statements
or notes thereto.



                                      F-1

<PAGE>   38

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Board of Directors
Vans, Inc.:

    We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Vans, Inc.
and subsidiaries as of May 31, 1997 and 1996, and the related consolidated
statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the
years in the three-year period ended May 31, 1997. These consolidated financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial
statements based on our audits.

    We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Vans, Inc.
and subsidiaries as of May 31, 1997 and 1996, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period
ended May 31, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

Orange County, California
July 18, 1997



                                      F-2

<PAGE>   39


                                   VANS, INC.

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      May 31,
                                                             1997              1996
                                                          -------------    -------------
                                     ASSETS
<S>                                                       <C>              <C>          
Current assets:
  Cash ................................................   $  15,350,175    $  14,233,352
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
    accounts and sales returns and allowances of 
    $1,399,589 and $1,147,344 at May 31, 1997 
    and 1996, respectively (notes 7 and 13) ...........      24,390,794       20,842,989
  Inventories (notes 4 and 7) .........................      25,098,695       19,400,644
  Deferred income taxes (note 9) ......................            --            364,000
  Prepaid expenses ....................................       2,960,435        2,457,301
                                                          -------------    -------------
         Total current assets .........................      67,800,099       57,298,286
Property, plant and equipment, net (notes 3, 5 and 10)       13,346,452       10,801,763
Property on lease (notes 5 and 10).....................       4,953,522             --
Property held for sale (notes 3, 5 and 10) ............            --          4,687,106
Excess of cost over the fair value of net assets
  acquired, net of accumulated amortization 
  of $33,580,138 and $32,744,117 at May 31,
  1997 and 1996, respectively (note 3) ................      17,862,389       16,495,283
Other assets (note 6) .................................       1,861,808        1,178,331
                                                          -------------    -------------
                                                          $ 105,824,270    $  90,460,769
                                                          =============    =============


                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY


Current liabilities:
  Short-term borrowings (note 7) ......................   $   3,684,419    $   6,431,349
  Accounts payable (note 10) ..........................       4,906,192        4,328,821
  Accrued payroll and related expenses ................       2,047,509        1,611,906
  Restructuring costs (note 3) ........................            --          1,750,782
  Accrued workers' compensation (note 10) .............            --            803,964
  Income taxes payable ................................       3,763,727          967,659
                                                          -------------    -------------
         Total current liabilities ....................      14,401,847       15,894,481
Deferred income taxes (note 9) ........................       1,636,605        1,495,000
Capital lease obligations ( notes 8 and 10) ...........         222,605          343,742
Long-term debt, excluding current portion (note 8) ....         258,594             --
                                                          -------------    -------------
                                                             16,519,651       17,733,223
                                                          -------------    -------------

Minority interest .....................................       1,022,893             --

Stockholders' equity (notes 7, 11 and 12):
  Preferred stock, $.001 par value, 5,000,000 shares 
    authorized (1,500,000 shares designated as 
    Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock), 
    none issued and outstanding .......................            --               --
  Common stock, $.001 par value, 20,000,000
    shares authorized, 13,166,947 and 12,628,085 
    shares issued and outstanding at May 31,
    1997 and 1996, respectively .......................          13,167           12,628
  Additional paid-in capital ..........................     101,113,448       96,201,083
  Stock subscriptions .................................          (4,500)         (85,000)
  Cumulative foreign currency translation 
    adjustment ........................................         123,919             --
  Accumulated deficit .................................     (12,964,308)     (23,401,165)
                                                          -------------    -------------
         Net stockholders' equity .....................      88,281,726       72,727,546
Commitments and contingencies (note 10)
                                                          -------------    -------------
                                                          $ 105,824,270    $  90,460,769
                                                          =============    =============
</TABLE>


          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                       F-3


<PAGE>   40


                                   VANS, INC.

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Years Ended May 31,
                                                         1997             1996            1995
                                                     -------------    -------------    -------------
<S>                                                 <C>              <C>              <C>          
Net sales (note 13) ..............................   $ 159,390,654    $ 117,407,543    $  88,055,695
Cost of sales ....................................      96,690,956       71,095,123       60,339,890
                                                     -------------    -------------    -------------
  Gross profit ...................................      62,699,698       46,312,420       27,715,805
Operating expenses:
  Selling and distribution .......................      28,111,805       23,446,501       19,354,878
  Marketing, advertising and promotion ...........      13,162,123        8,281,129        5,439,077
  General and administrative .....................       6,085,415        4,699,240        8,291,129
  Restructuring costs (note 3) ...................            --               --         30,047,500
  Provision for doubtful accounts ................         710,611          762,295        1,359,846
  Amortization of intangibles ....................         836,021          777,245        1,641,328
                                                     -------------    -------------    -------------
          Total operating expenses ...............      48,905,975       37,966,410       66,133,758
                                                     -------------    -------------    -------------
          Earnings (loss) from operations ........      13,793,723        8,346,010      (38,417,953)
Interest income ..................................         597,045           79,302           81,634
Interest and debt expense ........................        (438,485)      (3,418,559)      (2,880,615)
Other income (note 2) ............................       2,782,671        1,932,505        1,621,986
                                                     -------------    -------------    -------------
  Earnings (loss) before income taxes, minority
     interest in income of consolidated
     subsidiaries and extraordinary item .........      16,734,954        6,939,258      (39,594,948)
Income tax expense (benefit)(note 9) .............       5,996,180        2,775,822       (2,460,077)
                                                     -------------    -------------    -------------
Earnings (loss) before minority interest in 
     income of consolidated subsidiaries 
     and extraordinary item ......................      10,738,774        4,163,436      (37,134,871)
Minority interest in income of consolidated
     subsidiaries ................................         301,917             --               --  
                                                     -------------    -------------    -------------
Earnings (loss) before extraordinary item ........      10,436,857        4,163,436      (37,134,871)
Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of
  debt, net of income tax benefit of $676,965
  (note 8) .......................................            --          1,015,448             --
                                                     -------------    -------------    -------------
Net earnings (loss) ..............................   $  10,436,857    $   3,147,988    $ (37,134,871)
                                                     =============    =============    =============
Per share information (note 2):
  Primary:
     Earnings (loss) before extraordinary
       item ......................................   $         .76    $         .40    $       (3.86)
     Extraordinary item ..........................            --               (.10)            --
                                                     -------------    -------------    -------------
     Net earnings (loss) .........................   $         .76    $         .30    $       (3.86)
                                                     =============    =============    =============
     Weighted average common and common
       equivalent shares .........................      13,805,000       10,405,993        9,611,204
  Fully diluted:
     Earnings (loss) before extraordinary
       item ......................................   $         .76    $         .37    $       (3.86)
     Extraordinary item ..........................            --               (.09)            --
                                                     -------------    -------------    -------------
     Net earnings (loss) .........................   $         .76    $         .28    $       (3.86)
                                                     =============    =============    =============
     Weighted average common and common
       equivalent shares .........................      13,805,000       11,149,961        9,611,204
</TABLE>


          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-4


<PAGE>   41


                                   VANS, INC.

                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                     YEARS ENDED MAY 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         ADDITIONAL                     RETAINED       CUMULATIVE         TOTAL 
                                  COMMON STOCK            PAID-IN         STOCK         EARNINGS       TRANSLATION     STOCKHOLDERS'
                               SHARES       AMOUNT        CAPITAL      SUBSCRIPTION  (ACUM. DEFICIT)    ADJUSTMENT        EQUITY
                             ---------   ------------   ------------   ------------ ---------------   -------------   -------------

<S>                          <C>         <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>         
Balance at May 31, 1994      9,572,097   $      9,573   $ 46,559,306   $       --      $ 10,585,718    $       --     $ 57,154,597
  Issuance of common
    stock for cash ....         67,780             67        244,343           --              --              --          244,410

  Net loss ............           --             --             --             --       (37,134,871)           --      (37,134,871)
                            ----------   ------------   ------------   ------------    ------------    ------------   -------------
BALANCE AT MAY 31, 1995      9,639,877   $      9,640   $ 46,803,649   $       --      $(26,549,153)   $       --       20,264,136

  Issuance of common
    stock for cash ....      2,988,208          2,988     49,397,434        (85,000)           --              --       49,315,422
  Net earnings ........           --             --             --              --        3,147,988            --        3,147,988
                            ----------   ------------   ------------   ------------    ------------    ------------   -------------
BALANCE AT MAY 31, 1996     12,628,085   $     12,628   $ 96,201,083   $    (85,000)   $(23,401,165)   $       --     $ 72,727,546


   Issuance of common
   stock for cash .....        368,862            369      2,269,565         80,500            --              --        2,350,434

   Issuance of common
stock for acquisition .        170,000            170      2,642,800           --              --              --        2,642,970

   Cumulative foreign
     currency transla-
     tion adjustment ..           --             --             --             --              --           123,919        123,919

   Net earnings .......           --             --             --             --        10,436,857             --      10,436,857
                            ----------   ------------   ------------   ------------    ------------    ------------   -------------
BALANCE AT MAY 31, 1997     13,166,947   $     13,167   $101,113,448   $     (4,500)   $(12,964,308)   $    123,919   $ 88,281,726
                            ----------   ------------   ------------   ------------    ------------    ------------   -------------
</TABLE>


          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-5


<PAGE>   42


                                   VANS, INC.
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        YEARS ENDED MAY 31, 
                                                          --------------------------------------------
                                                             1997              1996          1995
                                                          ------------    ------------    ------------
<S>                                                       <C>             <C>             <C>         
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net earnings (loss) .................................   $ 10,436,857    $  3,147,988    $(37,134,871)
  Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss)
     to net cash provided by (used in)
     operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization ....................      3,430,203       3,175,973      28,390,226
     Amortization of deferred financing costs .........             --         306,489          72,124
     Provision for losses on accounts
       receivable and sales returns ...................        710,611         762,295       1,359,846
     Gain on the sale of property,
       plant and equipment ............................             --              --         (36,411)
     Changes in assets and liabilities:
       Accounts receivable ............................     (2,852,026)     (9,021,040)     (1,117,317)
       Income taxes receivable ........................             --       3,530,128      (2,924,269)
       Inventories ....................................     (5,219,924)     (2,402,906)     (3,676,973)
       Deferred income taxes ..........................        505,605       1,131,000        (489,000)
       Prepaid expenses ...............................       (445,229)     (1,958,746)       (122,052)
       Other assets ...................................        (96,483)       (244,041)      1,881,021
       Accounts payable ...............................        286,423      (4,250,652)      3,888,888
       Accrued payroll and related expenses ...........        429,368        (414,323)       (405,302)
       Accrued workers' compensation ..................       (803,964)       (736,082)         28,887
       Restructuring costs ............................     (1,750,782)     (4,333,152)      6,083,934
       Accrued interest ...............................             --        (907,660)        (24,068)
       Income taxes ...................................      2,411,426         967,659              --
                                                          ------------    ------------    ------------
          Net cash provided by (used in)
            operating activities ......................      7,042,085     (11,247,070)     (4,225,337)
                                                          ------------    ------------    ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchases of property, plant and
     equipment ........................................     (5,092,936)     (2,557,520)     (2,641,480)
Investment in unconsolidated subsidiary ...............       (500,000)             --              --
  Proceeds from sale of property, plant and            
    equipment .........................................             --         717,143         186,437
                                                          ------------    ------------    ------------       
          Net cash used in investing
            activities ................................     (5,592,936)     (1,840,377)     (2,455,043)
                                                          ------------    ------------    ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from (payments on) short-term borrowings ...     (2,746,930)      3,823,176       2,608,173
  Payments on capital lease obligations ...............       (121,137)        (97,642)        (21,532)
  Proceeds from (payments on) long term debt ..........        258,594     (29,000,000)             --
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net .........      2,295,504      49,315,422         244,410
                                                          ------------    ------------    ------------
          Net cash provided by (used in)
            financing activities ......................       (313,969)     24,040,956       2,831,051
          Effect of exchange rate changes on cash .....        (18,357)             --              --
                                                          ------------    ------------    ------------
          Net increase (decrease) in cash and
            cash equivalents ..........................      1,116,823      10,953,509      (3,849,329)
  Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year ........     14,233,352       3,279,843       7,129,172
                                                          ------------    ------------    ------------
  Cash and cash equivalents, end of year ..............   $ 15,350,175    $ 14,233,352    $  3,279,843
                                                          ============    ============    ============
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW 
  information -- amounts paid for:
  Interest ............................................   $    438,485    $  3,353,372    $  2,808,490
  Income taxes ........................................   $  2,588,541    $     41,265    $  1,007,533
NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Capital lease obligations incurred ..................   $         --    $         --    $    554,379
Supplemental Disclosures:
Purchase of Global Accessories, Ltd.                       
   Acquired cash ......................................   $    254,685    $       --      $       --   
   Accounts receivable ................................        404,094            --              --
   Inventories ........................................        478,127            --              --
   Property, plant and equipment ......................         44,130            --              --
   Goodwill ...........................................      2,203,126            --              --
   Prepaid expenses ...................................         57,905            --              --
   Other assets .......................................         86,994            --              --
   Current liabilities ................................       (718,173)           --              --
                                                          ------------    ------------    ------------
                                                          $  2,810,888    $       --      $       --
                                                          ============    ============    ============
</TABLE>


          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-6


<PAGE>   43


                                   VANS, INC.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           MAY 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995

1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION

  Vans, Inc. (the "Company") is a leading designer, manufacturer and distributor
of a collection of high quality casual and active-casual footwear for men, women
and children, as well as apparel and performance footwear for enthusiasts of
outdoor sports such as skateboarding, snowboarding and BMX bicycling.

  On August 29, 1991, the Company concurrently completed its initial public
stock offering (the "IPO") and issued $29,000,000 of Senior Notes due 1999 in a
private offering (the "Debt Offering")(see note 8).

  The Company is the successor to Van Doren Rubber Company, Inc. ("VDRC"), a
California corporation that was founded in 1966. VDRC was acquired by the
Company in February 1988 in a series of related transactions (the "Acquisition")
and was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. VDRC was merged
with and into the Company in connection with the IPO.

  On May 24, 1996, the Company completed its secondary offering of common stock
(the "Offering"). In connection with the Offering, 2,700,000 shares of the
Company's common stock were sold by the Company for net proceeds of
approximately $47.7 million and 100,000 shares were sold by a stockholder of the
Company. Additionally, 420,000 shares were sold by another selling stockholder
to cover over-allotments. The Company did not receive any of the proceeds from
the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders. The Company used
the net proceeds from the Offering to (i) repay $25.4 million of the outstanding
principal amount of the Company's 9.6% senior notes due August 1, 1999 (the
"Senior Notes"), including accrued interest and a makewhole amount resulting
from the prepayment of the Senior Notes; (ii) repay $8.1 million outstanding
under a secured line of credit (the "Secured Line of Credit") with a financial
institution (see note 7); and (iii) increase working capital for the financing
of inventory and accounts receivable.

  On May 9, 1996, the Company established a wholly-owned Hong Kong subsidiary,
Vans Far East Limited ("VFEL"), and granted a worldwide license (excluding the
United States) to VFEL to use the Company's trademark on and in connection with
the manufacture and distribution of footwear. VFEL in turn, contracts with
distributors for foreign countries.

  On November 20, 1996, the Company acquired 51% of the outstanding Common
Shares of Global Accessories Limited, the Company's exclusive distributor for
the United Kingdom ("Global"), in a stock-for-stock transaction (the "Global
Acquisition"). The Company will acquire the remaining 49% of the Global Shares
over a five-year period commencing in approximately November 1997. The Global
acquisition has been accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, and
accordingly, the purchase price was allocated to assets acquired based on their
estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the fair market
value of net assets acquired has been recorded as goodwill. The results of
operations of Global have been included in the Company's consolidated statements
of operations since the date of acquisition.

  The Company's customers are located primarily in the United States. However,
there are customers located in a number of foreign countries (see note 13). The
Company has entered into a partnership venture in Mexico City in which the
Company owns 50.01%. The portion owned by the Company is a subsidiary operating
under the name Vans Latinoamericana, S.A. de C.V. This subsidiary will be
distributing shoes throughout Mexico.


                                      F-7


<PAGE>   44



2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

  Principles of Consolidation. The consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries, Vans International, Inc., a
foreign sales corporation ("FSC"), Vans Footwear International, Inc., Vans Far
East Limited ("VFEL"), a wholly owned Hong Kong subsidiary, Global Accessories
Limited, a 51.0%-owned subsidiary located in the United Kingdom, Vans
Latinoamericana (Mexico), S.A. de C.V., a 50.01%-owned Mexican subsidiary, and
Vans Shoes Outlets, Ltd., a Texas Limited Partnership of which the Company is a
general partner. The Global acquisition has been accounted for under the
purchase method of accounting, and, accordingly, the purchase price was
allocated to assets acquired based on their estimated fair values. The excess of
the purchase price over the fair market value of net assets acquired has been
recorded as goodwill. All significant intercompany balances and transactions
have been eliminated in consolidation.

  Use of Estimates. The financial statements have been prepared in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles. In preparing the financial
statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect
the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the dates of the balance
sheets and revenues and expenses for the periods. Actual results could differ
from those estimates.

  Foreign Currency Translation. The financial statements of subsidiaries outside
the United States are generally measured using the local currency as the
functional currency. Assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries are translated
at the rates of exchange at the balance sheet date. The resultant translation
adjustments are included in cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment,
a separate component of stockholders' equity. Income and expense items are
translated at a weighted average rate of exchange.

  Foreign Currency Contracts. Global Accessories Ltd. enters into foreign
currency contracts from time to time to hedge against currency fluxuations for
purchase of U.S. dollars. At May 31, 1997 the amount in foreign currency
contracts approximated 546,000 pounds (approximately $895,700) Vans currently
owns 51% of Global Accessories Ltd.

  Cash Equivalents. For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows,
the Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with original
maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

  Inventories. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market (net
realizable value). Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO)
method. Global uses the weighted average cost method.

  Goodwill. Goodwill is the cost in excess of fair value of the net assets
acquired in both the Acquisition and the Global Acquisition (see note 1).
Goodwill in the Acquisition represented trademarks, manufacturing know-how and
dealer relationships and is being amortized on a straight-line basis over 30
years. Goodwill in the Global Acquisition represented dealer relationships and
distribution know-how and is being amortized on a straight-line basis over 15
years.

  In March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 121, "Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of."
SFAS No. 121 requires that long-lived assets and certain identifiable
intangibles be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be
recoverable. Under the provisions of SFAS No. 121, if the sum of the expected
future cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) is less than the
carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized. The amount of
impairment, if any, is measured based on estimated fair value of assets
determined to be impaired. The Company adopted SFAS No. 121 in the fourth
quarter of fiscal 1995. Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 121, the Company had
used a similar approach for assessing the recoverability of goodwill based on
operating income.

  Revenue Recognition. Revenue is recognized at the point of sale. For product
manufactured outside the U.S., revenue is recognized when goods are accepted by
the freight forwarder. This relates to those products that are shipped directly
to the international customers.


                                      F-8



<PAGE>   45


  Property, Plant and Equipment. Property, plant and equipment are stated at
cost, less depreciation and amortization and estimated loss on disposal. The
cost of additions and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and
repairs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is computed on the straight-line
method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         YEARS
                                                         -----

<S>                                                       <C>   
Buildings and improvements.......................         5-31.5
Machinery and equipment..........................         5-10
Store fixtures and equipment.....................         5-7
Automobiles and trucks...........................         5-7
Computer, office furniture and equipment.........         3-7
</TABLE>



Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the estimated useful
lives of the assets or the related lease terms.

  Income Taxes. Income taxes are provided based upon the provisions of SFAS No.
109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." Under this method, deferred tax assets and
liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial
statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in
effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.

  Other Income.  Other income is comprised of the following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            YEARS ENDED MAY 31,
                                                                ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                  1997                 1996                  1995
                                                                ---------            ----------           ----------
<S>                                                            <C>                   <C>                    <C>     
Royalty income...................................              $2,617,297            $1,791,800             $907,549
                                                                
Rental income....................................                  36,373                72,718              117,437
                                                                  
Litigation recovery..............................                     --                    --               572,468
Other............................................                 129,001                67,987               24,532
                                                                ---------            ----------           ---------- 
                                                               $2,782,671            $1,932,505           $1,621,986
                                                                =========            ==========           ==========
</TABLE>



  For the year ended May 31, 1995, the litigation recovery amount related
primarily to the Company's claims against the bankruptcy estate of Drexel
Burnham Lambert Inc. The claims alleged that, in connection with the
Acquisition, Drexel had defrauded the Company into issuing shares of its common
stock to a Drexel affiliate.

  Fair Value of Financial Instruments. In December 1991, the FASB issued SFAS
No. 107, "Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments." SFAS No. 107
requires all entities to disclose the fair value of financial instruments, both
assets and liabilities recognized and not recognized on the balance sheet, for
which it is practicable to estimate fair value. SFAS No. 107 defines fair value
of a financial instrument as the amount at which the instrument could be
exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties. As of May 31, 1997,
the fair value of all financial instruments approximated carrying value. The
carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts
payable, accrued payroll and related expenses and short-term borrowings
approximates fair value because of the short term maturity of these financial
instruments.

  Stock-Based Compensation. In October 1995, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123,
"Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation." SFAS No. 123 establishes financial
accounting and reporting standards for stock-based employee compensation plans.
The Company has continued to measure compensation cost of employee stock option
plans using the intrinsic value based method prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25,
"Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," and to make pro forma disclosures of
net earnings and earnings per share as if the fair value method prescribed by
SFAS No. 123 had been applied (see note 11).

  Net Earnings (Loss) per Common Share. Primary earnings (loss) per share are
based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding during each year and
the assumed exercise of dilutive stock options less the number of treasury
shares assumed to be purchased from the proceeds using the average market price
of the Company's Common Stock during the year. Fully diluted earnings (loss) per
share are based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding during each
year and the assumed exercise of dilutive stock options less the number of
treasury shares assumed to be purchased from the proceeds using the higher of
the average or ending market price of the Company's Common Stock during the
year. The Company has granted certain options which have been treated as common
share equivalents, when appropriate (see note 11).


                                      F-9


<PAGE>   46


  Recent Accounting Pronouncements. In February 1997, the Financial Accounting
Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS)
No. 128, "Earnings Per Share." SFAS No. 128 specifies new standards designed to
improve the earnings per share ("EPS") information provided in financial
statements by simplifying the existing computational guidelines, revising the
disclosure requirements and increasing the comparability of EPS data on an
international basis. Some of the changes made to simplify the EPS computations
include: (a) eliminating the presentation of primary EPS and replacing it with
basic EPS, with the principal difference being that the common stock equivalents
are not considered in computing basic EPS, (b) eliminating the modified treasury
stock method and the three percent materiality provision, and (c) revising the
contingent share provisions and the supplemental EPS data requirements. SFAS No.
128 also makes a number of changes to existing disclosure requirements. SFAS No.
128 is effective for financial statements issued for periods ending after
December 15, 1997, including interim periods. The Company has not yet determined
the impact of the implementation of SFAS No. 128.

  In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income."
The new statement is effective for both interim and annual periods beginning
after December 15, 1997. The Company has not yet determined the impact of
adopting this new standard on the consolidated financial statements.

  In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information." The new statement is effective for fiscal
years beginning after December 15, 1997. The Company has not yet determined the
impact of adopting this new standard on the consolidated financial statements.

  Reclassifications. Certain amounts in the fiscal 1995 and 1996 consolidated
financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the fiscal 1997
presentation.

3. RESTRUCTURING COSTS

  Prior to fiscal 1995, the Company manufactured all of its footwear at two
domestic manufacturing facilities located in Southern California. As part of the
Company's strategic redirection, in the first quarter of fiscal 1995 the Company
began to source from South Korea its line of casual and performance footwear
known as the International Collection. The success of the International
Collection created a domestic manufacturing overcapacity problem for the Company
which contributed to an overstock in domestic inventories. In the second quarter
of fiscal 1995, the Company increased the inventory valuation allowance from
$324,772 to approximately $600,000 in order to help mitigate the risks
associated with increased inventory balances. In the third quarter of fiscal
1995, the Company took steps to adjust its U.S. production; however, customer
demand for the International Collection continued to grow. In the fourth quarter
of fiscal 1995, it first became apparent that domestic manufacturing workforce
reductions would not be sufficient to address the increase in orders for the
International Collection and the decrease in demand for domestically-produced
footwear, and the Company determined that a plant closure would be required.
Therefore, on May 30, 1995 the Board of Directors voted to close its Orange,
California manufacturing facility and in July 1995, the Company closed its
Orange, California manufacturing facility and recognized restructuring costs of
$30.0 million, including $20.0 million of goodwill write-off related to
manufacturing know-how eliminated with the plant closure, in the fourth quarter
of fiscal 1995.

  At May 31, 1996, the restructuring cost liability of $1,751,000 included an
estimated provision of $1,203,000 for involuntary termination benefits and
$548,000 for costs to prepare the site for sale. In the third quarter of fiscal
1997, $1,200,000 of accrued workers' compensation claims related to the
restructuring were transferred to Lumberman Mutual Casualty Company, in addition
to the balance of the Company's accrued workers' compensation liability of
$200,000, in connection with revocation of the Company's self insurance for
workers' compensation (see note 6). The Company has no further liability for the
transferred claims, subject to a per accident loss limit of $250,000 and an
aggregate maximum of $3,500,000. The Company has paid approximately $1,751,000,
$4,333,000 and $80,000 in costs related to the plant closure for the years ended
May 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.


                                      F-10


<PAGE>   47


4. INVENTORIES

  Inventories are comprised of the following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                MAY 31,
                                   -------------------------------
                                       1997                 1996
                                   -----------         -----------
<S>                                 <C>                 <C>       
Raw materials.......                $1,743,660          $1,616,486
Work-in-process.....                    32,796              20,680
Finished goods......                23,322,239          17,763,478
                                   -----------         -----------
                                   $25,098,695         $19,400,644
                                   ===========         ===========
</TABLE>



  Inventories at May 31, 1997 and 1996 are reduced by $744,686 and $600,000,
respectively, to reflect the lower of cost or market valuation allowances.

5. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

  Property, plant and equipment is comprised of the following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           MAY 31,
                                                 ----------------------------
                                                     1997           1996
                                                 ------------    ------------
<S>                                              <C>             <C>         
Machinery and equipment ......................   $  5,323,677    $  4,660,509

Store fixtures and equipment .................      1,967,975       1,897,060

Automobiles and trucks .......................        989,054         722,025

Computers, office furniture and equipment ....      6,726,849       5,889,225

Leasehold improvements .......................      8,284,493       5,000,081

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization     (9,945,596)     (7,367,137)
                                                 ------------    ------------
                                                 $ 13,346,452    $ 10,801,763
                                                 ============    ============
</TABLE>



  As of May 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively, land, building and equipment with a
net book value of $7,713,523 and $9,183,771 related to the Orange, California
manufacturing facility has been reclassified to property held for sale net of a
$3,026,417 and $3,884,000 lower of cost or market adjustment (see note 3). As of
May 31, 1997, the land and building with a net book value of $4,953,522 related
to the Orange facility, which was up for sale in the prior year, was taken off
the market and leased to third parties (see note 10). This amount is net of
$4,090,133 accumulated depreciation. The amount of future rental income under
noncancellable leases for this property is $2,562,200.

  Included in machinery and equipment and automobiles and trucks at May 31, 1997
and 1996 are $554,379 of assets held under capital leases. At May 31, 1997 and
1996, accumulated amortization of assets held under capital leases totaled
$207,276 and $112,996, respectively (see note 10).

  Depreciation expense totaled $2,596,357, $2,398,729 and $2,977,573 for the
years ended May 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

6. WORKERS' COMPENSATION

  On April 4, 1997, the Company transferred the liability associated with its
self insurance plan for workers compensation claims to Lumbermans Mutual
Casualty Company ("Lumbermans"), a subsidiary of Kemper Insurance Companies, at
a cost of $1,400,000. Under the transfer, Lumbermans assumed responsibility for
all existing and future claims related to the self insurance period up to an
aggregate limit of $3,500,000. As a result of the transfer, Lumbermans replaced
the Company in providing surety protection against the event of default in the
payment of substantiated claims as required by California law. The revocation of
self insurance was accepted by the State of California at that time. Included in
other assets at May 31, 1996 was $680,000 of long-term marketable securities
held collateralizing the surety bond.

7. CREDIT FACILITIES AND SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

  The Company had a $6,000,000 unsecured line of credit, as amended, with a
South Korean corporation, which was utilized to support product purchases.
Assuming full utilization of the line, the Company paid an effective interest
rate of 14.8% per annum on the debt, comprised of (i) an annual fee of 10.36%
payable at the time of the 


                                      F-11


<PAGE>   48


first draw thereunder, and (ii) annual interest of 2.22% on the outstanding
debt. Balances under the line were due within 60 days from the date of
incurrence. The line expired on April 26, 1997 and was not renewed. At May 31,
1996, the Company had a $4,656,000 outstanding balance under the facility.

  The Company has a secured bank line of credit that was established in November
1996, which permits the Company to borrow amounts up to the lesser of eligible
accounts receivable and inventory, or $20.0 million (the "Secured Line of
Credit"). Interest is payable at the bank's prime rate plus a percentage which
varies depending on the Company's ratio of debt to earnings before interest,
taxes, depreciation, and amortization (the "Debt to EBITDA Ratio"). There were
no outstanding borrowings under the secured line of credit at May 31, 1997.
Under the agreement establishing the secured line of credit, the Company must
maintain certain financial covenants and is prohibited from paying dividends or
making any other distribution without the bank's consent. At May 31, 1997, the
Company was in compliance with all such covenants. The line expires on November
1, 1997.

  In March 1996, the Company obtained an additional secured credit facility from
Ssangyong U.S.A. whereby Ssangyong U.S.A. financed the Company's purchases of
snowboard boots (the "Snowboard Boot Facility"). Under the Snowboard Boot
Facility, Ssangyong U.S.A. purchased, transported, warehoused, shipped and
collected payment for the snowboard boots, and was reimbursed for the sum of:
(i) its out-of-pocket costs incurred in connection with the foregoing (the
"Ssangyong Costs"); (ii) interest on the Ssangyong Costs at the prime rate
established by Citibank N.A. from time to time; and (iii) a handling fee equal
to 3.5% of the F.O.B. price of the boots purchased. The Snowboard Boot Facility
was secured by a first priority security interest in the boot inventory and the
accounts receivable resulting from sales thereof, and a second priority security
interest in the Company's general intangibles. At no time could the sum of: (i)
the outstanding balance of the Ssangyong Costs, plus (ii) aggregate outstanding
letters of credit under the Snowboard Boot Facility, minus letters of credit
opened by the Company's foreign distributors, exceed $7 million. The Snowboard
Boot Facility expired on March 28, 1997 and was not renewed.

8. DEBT

  Long-term debt  at May 31, 1997 and 1996 consists of the following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               MAY 31,
                                                      --------------------------
                                                        1997              1996
                                                      --------          -------- 

<S>                                                  <C>               <C>                     
12% note payable to Tavistock, due
   April 1999..............................           $467,198          $    --
Capitalized lease obligations with
   interest of 9.6 (see note 10)...........            340,147           441,383
                                                      --------          -------- 
                                                      $807,345          $441,383
Less:  Current portion                                 326,146            97,641
                                                      --------          -------- 
                                                      $481,199          $343,742
                                                      ========          ========
</TABLE>





            The Company had $29,000,000 in 9.6% senior notes which were redeemed
in conjunction with the Offering (see note 1). A makewhole amount of
approximately $1,451,000 was paid to redeem the notes and approximately $241,000
of deferred financing costs related to the senior notes were written-off
resulting in an extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt of
approximately $1,015,000, net of a $677,000 income tax benefit.

            The Company's foreign owned subsidiary, Vans Latinoamericana
maintains a two year 12% note payable to Tavistock, an equal partner in the
joint venture. The loan by Tavistock is in accordance with the shareholders'
agreement requiring Tavistock to provide the operating capital as needed in the
form of a loan to Vans Latinoamericana. The borrowings, as defined in the
shareholders' agreement, maintains that the rate of interest is not to exceed
12% and the term of the loan is not to exceed four years. Interest for the first
six months has been waived. The loan is secured by the assets of Vans
Latinoamericana.


                                      F-12
<PAGE>   49



9. INCOME TAXES

  Income tax expense (benefit) consists of the following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              YEARS ENDED MAY 31,
                ----------------------------------------
                   1997          1996           1995
                -----------   -----------    -----------
<S>             <C>           <C>            <C>         
Current:
  U.S. Federal  $ 4,021,966   $   787,327    $(1,972,677)
  State .....     1,165,505       180,332          1,600
  Foreign ...       303,302          --             --
                -----------   -----------    -----------
                  5,490,773       967,659     (1,971,077)
                -----------   -----------    -----------

Deferred:
  U.S. Federal      393,413       878,624       (369,000)
  State .....       111,994       252,574       (120,000)
                -----------   -----------    -----------
                    505,407     1,131,198       (489,000)
                -----------   -----------    -----------
                $ 5,996,180   $ 2,098,857    $(2,460,077)
                ===========   ===========    ===========

</TABLE>

  Total income tax expense (benefit) differed from amounts computed by applying
the U.S. Federal statutory tax rate of 35% to earnings (loss) before income
taxes, as a result of the following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       YEARS ENDED MAY 31,
                                            --------------------------------------------
                                               1997             1996            1995
                                            ------------    ------------    ------------
<S>                                         <C>             <C>             <C>          
Computed "expected" tax expense (benefit)   $  5,857,234    $  1,783,927    $(13,462,282)

Write-off of goodwill ...................           --              --         6,800,000
                                            ------------    ------------    ------------

Compensation under stock option plans ...        (94,936)         (4,353)        (30,049)
Amortization of intangible assets .......        284,247         264,263         558,052
                                                                                
State franchise taxes, net of Federal
  benefit ...............................        821,368         276,333         (78,144)

Benefit from nontaxable FSC income ......           --           (31,960)        (88,400)

Increase (decrease) in valuation
  allowance .............................        107,454        (350,000)      3,499,000
Other ...................................          7,227         160,647         341,746


Tax effect of foreign operations ........       (986,414)           --              --
                                            ------------    ------------    ------------
                                            $  5,996,180    $  2,098,857    $ (2,460,077)
                                            ============    ============    ============
</TABLE>


  The components of net deferred taxes as of May 31, 1997 and 1996 follow:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       MAY 31,
                                                1997           1996
                                             -----------    -----------
<S>                                          <C>            <C>        
Deferred tax assets:
  Accounts receivable ....................   $   524,343    $   496,800
  Inventories ............................       600,584        566,261
  Accrued workers' compensation ..........          --          348,116
  Restructuring costs ....................     1,205,432      2,068,527
  Intangibles ............................        67,537         88,154
  Accrued expenses .......................       541,753        172,204
  Compensation under stock option plans ..       162,090        176,310
  Tax credits and other carryforwards ....       154,715        142,047
                                             -----------    -----------
                                               3,256,454      4,058,419

  Valuation allowance ....................    (3,256,454)    (3,149,000)
                                             -----------    -----------   
  Total deferred tax assets ..............          --          909,419
                                             -----------    -----------   

Deferred tax liabilities:
  Property, plant and equipment ..........     1,285,538      1,774,344
  State franchise taxes ..................          --           20,931
  Intangibles ............................       225,556        245,342
Unremitted earnings of foreign sub-
  sidiaries                                      125,511           --
                                             -----------    -----------
  Total deferred tax liabilities .........     1,636,605      2,040,617
                                             -----------    -----------
  Net deferred tax liabilities ...........   $ 1,636,605    $ 1,131,198
                                             ===========    ===========
</TABLE>


  The Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") is conducting an examination of the
Company's Federal income tax return for the year ended May 31, 1995. The Company
believes the ultimate resolution of the examination will not result in a
material impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations or
liquidity.

  The balance of the valuation allowance against deferred tax assets was
increased by $107,454 during the year ended May 31, 1997. Based on the Company's
current and historical pre-tax results of operations, net of the effects of
restructuring costs, management believes it is more likely than not that the
Company will realize the benefit of the existing net deferred tax assets as
of May 31, 1997.


                                      F-13


<PAGE>   50


10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

  Litigation. On June 6, 1995, a class action lawsuit was filed in the Federal
District Court for the Central District of California alleging violations of the
Federal Securities laws by the Company and certain of its present and former
officers and directors. On February 6, 1996, the Company reached an agreement to
settle the class action lawsuit. The settlement provided for the Company's
insurance carrier to pay $1,000,000, which comprised the entire settlement
amount. The Company paid no portion of the settlement and admitted no liability
in connection therewith. On July 22, 1996, the Court entered an order approving
the settlement and dismissing the case with prejudice.

  The Company is involved as both plaintiff and defendant in various other
claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In the
opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a
material adverse effect on the Company's financial position, results of
operations or liquidity.

  Capital Leases. The Company has capital leases for certain equipment at its
distribution center. These leases were discounted using interest rates
appropriate at the inception of each lease. Future minimum lease payments for
capitalized lease obligations at May 31, 1997 are as follows:


<TABLE>
<S>                                                    <C>    
1998 .............................................   $ 138,662
1999 .............................................     138,662
2000 .............................................     112,801
                                                     ---------
Total minimum obligations ........................     390,125
Less:  amounts representing interest .............     (49,978)
                                                     ---------
Present value of net minimum obligations .........     340,147
Less current portion .............................    (117,542)
                                                     ---------
Long-term obligations at May 31, 1997 (see note 8)   $ 222,605
                                                     =========
</TABLE>


  The current portion of capital lease obligations is included in accounts
payable in the accompanying balance sheets at May 31, 1997 and 1996.

  Operating Leases. Substantially all of the Company's retail stores, the
distribution facility and the Vista manufacturing facility are leased under
noncancelable operating leases having original terms in excess of one year.
Certain leases are renewable and contain clauses for rent escalation. The future
minimum rental payments under noncancelable operating leases are as follows at
May 31, 1997: 

<TABLE>
<S>                       <C>      
1998 .................  $ 4,175,294
1999 .................    3,886,242
2000 .................    3,370,653
2001 .................    2,768,840
2002 .................    2,183,493
Thereafter ...........    6,243,096
                        -----------
                         22,627,618
Less:  Sublease income   (1,255,500)
                        -----------
                        $21,372,118
                        ===========
</TABLE>

  Sublease income represents expected future income from the sublease of the
Company's former Industry, California distribution facility to another
distribution company.

  The Company's Orange Facility is leased to two unrelated third parties under
separate lease agreements. The first party, CAPCO, leases approximately 71,400
square feet under a gross lease for a period of 5 years commencing November 1,
1996. Base rent of $19,000 is payable monthly. The second party, Orange
Engineering, leases approximately 76,000 square feet under a triple net lease
for a period of 5 years commencing April 1, 1997. Base rent of $24,000 is
payable monthly.

  Future minimum lease payments receivable under noncancelable operating leasing
arrangements as of May 31, 1997 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                   <C>     
1998                                                                  $523,000
1999                                                                   535,000
2000                                                                   558,520
</TABLE>

                                      F-14


<PAGE>   51


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>    
2001                                                                   576,280
2002                                                                   369,400
                                                                    ----------
Net minimum future lease receipts                                   $2,562,200
                                                                    ==========
</TABLE>



  The Company also leases certain other equipment on a month-to-month basis.
Total rent expense incurred for the years ended May 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995
under all operating leases was approximately $5,830,000, $5,068,000 and
$4,279,000, respectively.

  Included in rent expense for each of the years ended May 31, 1997, 1996 and
1995 is $36,000 for the rent of a retail store from The Group, a California
general partnership whose partners are former shareholders of VDRC. The Company
also incurred rent expense of $17,900, $17,900, and $18,700 for the years ended
May 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively, for the lease of two retail stores
owned by members of the immediate family of one of the founders of the Company.
The Company also leases out space at the Orange Facility to third parties under
noncancellable leases over a five year period. Another third party is subleasing
the Distribution Center in the City of Industry under a three year
noncancelable lease.

  Deferred Compensation Plan. The Company has established a deferred
compensation plan for the benefit of Walter E. Schoenfeld, the Company's
Chairman and former Chief Executive Officer, and his spouse. Under the plan, the
Company has established a trust which will hold and disperse assets pursuant to
the terms of the plan. The Company will, for a period of five years, deposit
$200,000 per year with the trustee of the trust. The trust funds will be
invested by the trustee in accordance with instructions given by the Company.
Commencing in 2001 the trustee will pay Mr. Schoenfeld $100,000 per year from
the trust funds. Such payments will continue for the remainder of Mr.
Schoenfeld's life and then, will be paid to his spouse, if she survives him.
During fiscal 1997, $175,152 was recorded as compensation expense. At May 31,
1997 the balance in deferred compensation was $175,152.

  Employment, Management and Consulting Agreements. At May 31, 1997, the Company
had employment agreements with 15 officers that range from 1-3 years in duration
and provide for minimum compensation levels. The minimum salaries payable
subsequent to May 31, 1997 through the duration of these agreements is
$2,394,000.

  For the years ended May 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, the Company incurred
approximately $1,927,000, $1,555,000, and $1,516,000, respectively, in
employment and management expense under the above agreements which is included
in cost of goods sold, selling and distribution, and general and administrative
expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

  The Company has entered into a management agreement, as amended, with a
company owned by a significant stockholder of the Company. The agreement
provides for a management fee aggregating $350,000 annually. Payments under this
agreement are made monthly. The Company incurred management fee expenses of
$350,000, $175,000 and $350,000 for the years ended May 31, 1997, 1996, and
1995, respectively. One-half of the Company's obligation under this agreement
for the year ended May 31, 1996 was waived.

  License Agreements. The Company has commitments to pay minimum guaranteed
royalties under license agreements for certain athletes aggregating
approximately $702,000, $1,173,000, and $62,000 at May 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995,
respectively. These agreements range from 1-3 years in duration and are payable
through July 31, 1997. Approximately $550,000, $276,000 and $214,000 were paid
under license agreements during the years ended May 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995,
respectively.

  Advertising Agreements. On June 1, 1995, the Company entered into an agreement
with an advertising agency for advertising planning and support. The agreement
required that the Company pay the agency a minimum of $180,000 annually. The
agreement was terminated in February 1996.


                                      F-15


<PAGE>   52


  On December 16, 1996, the Company entered into an agreement with an
advertising agency to serve as the Company's advertising agent. The agreement
requires that the Company pay the advertising agency a monthly retainer of
$12,000 during the 12-month term of the agreement.

  Foreign Currency Contracts. Global Accessories Ltd. enters into foreign
currency contracts from time to time to hedge against currency fluctuations for
purchase of U.S. dollars. At May 31, 1997 the amount in foreign currency
contracts approximated 546,000 pounds. Vans currently owns 51% of Global
Accessories Ltd.

  Letters of Credit. The Company utilizes letters of credit to back certain
purchases of product. These instruments are subject to fees competitively
determined in the marketplace. As of May 31, 1997, the Company had $5,379,825 in
open letters of credit which had not been drawn against.

  Third Party Manufacturing. One manufacturer accounted for approximately 21% of
all third-party shoes manufactured for the Company during the year ended May 31,
1997, and no manufacturer accounted for more than 10% of third-party shoes
manufactured during fiscal 1996 and 1995.

11. STOCK OPTIONS

Stock Compensation Plans

  At May 31, 1997, the Company has two stock-based compensation plans, which are
described below. The Company applies APB Opinion No. 25 and related
Interpretations in accounting for its plans. Accordingly, no compensation cost
has been recognized for its fixed stock option plans. Had compensation cost for
the Company's two stock-based compensation plans been determined consistent with
SFAS Statement No. 123, the Company's net earnings and earnings per share would
have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             MAY 31,
                                        ---------------------
                                         1997          1996
                                        -------      -------- 
<S>                                     <C>          <C>    
Net earnings 
   As reported .................        $ 10,437     $ 3,148
   Pro forma ...................          10,207       3,072
Primary earnings per share
   As reported .................            0.76        0.30
   Pro forma ...................            0.74        0.29
Fully diluted earnings per share
   As reported .................            0.76        0.28
   Pro forma ...................            0.74        0.28
</TABLE>


  The pro forma net earnings and per share amounts reflect only options granted
in 1996 and 1995. Therefore, the full impact of calculating compensation, cost
for stock options under SFAS No. 123 is not reflected in the pro forma amounts
presented above because compensation cost is reflected over the options' vesting
period of four to six years and compensation cost for options granted prior to
January 1, 1995 is not considered.

  In November 1991, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted a long-term
incentive plan under which the Company may grant to key employees incentive
stock options, and to directors and consultants nonqualified stock options to
purchase up to 2,000,000 shares of the Company's common stock (plus any and all
of the remaining shares available for grants of options under the 1988 Incentive
Stock Option Plan) until November 2001 (the "1991 Long-Term Incentive Plan").
Stock options granted under the plan are exercisable in varying amounts over the
ten year term of the options, and the vesting periods accelerate for certain
options upon certain events, but all such options become fully vested no later
than five years after the date of grant. The exercise price for each option is
equivalent to no less than fair market value of the Company's common stock on
the date the option was granted.

  The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using
the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average
assumptions used for grants in fiscal 1997 and fiscal 1996, respectively:
expected volatility of 53% for both years; risk-free interest rates ranging from
5.82 to 6.62 for fiscal 


                                      F-16


<PAGE>   53


1997 and 5.46 to 7.42 for fiscal 1996; assumed dividend yield of zero for both
years; and expected lives of four and six years.

  A summary of the status of the Company's 1991 Long-Term Incentive Plan as of
May 31, 1997 and 1996 and changes during the years then ended is presented
below:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            1997                    1996
                                    ------------------       -------------------
                                             Weighted                 Weighted
                                    Shares    Average        Share     Average
Fixed Options                       (000)  Exercise Price    (000)  Exercise Price
                                    -----    ----------      -----     ---------
<S>                                 <C>      <C>             <C>          <C>   
Outstanding at beginning of year    1,212        $ 6.16      1,344        $ 6.26
Granted ........................      465         12.38        426          7.11
Exercisd .......................     (324)         5.90       (271)         5.78
Forfeited ......................     (168)         5.25       (287)         8.01
                                    -----                    -----               
Outstanding at end of year .....    1,185          8.88      1,212          6.16
Options exercisable at year-end       424                     366

Weighted average fair value of
options granted during the year                  $ 6.23                   $ 3.61
</TABLE>


  The following table summarizes information about fixed stock options
outstanding at May 31, 1997:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 OPTIONS OUTSTANDING                                 OPTIONS   EXERCISABLE
                            -------------------------------------------------------------     --------------------------------------
                                 Options            Weighted Avg.                                Options            
Range of Exercise            Outstanding at           Remaining            Weighted Avg.      Exercisable at          Weighted Avg.
Prices                        May 31, 1997         Contractual Life       Exercise Price       May 31, 1997          Exercise Price
- ------                          --------             -----------              --------         ------------           -------------
<S>                           <C>                        <C>                  <C>              <C>                     <C> 
$6.00 to $11.25                  200,667                  5.8                $ 6.84               44,923                  $ 8.58
$4.50 to $6.88 .                 282,806                  7.7                $ 5.11              240,478                  $ 5.05
$4.25 to $12.75                  251,710                  8.4                $ 7.66              123,962                  $ 7.27
$11.00 to $19.12                 449,500                  9.6                $12.83               15,004                  $13.25
                               ---------                                                         -------
$4.25 to $19.12                1,184,683                  8.25               $ 8.88              424,367                  $ 6.36
                               =========                                                         =======
</TABLE>


  Under separate non-qualified stock option agreements, the Company has granted
options to purchase 256,140 shares of the Company's stock at an exercise price
ranging from $.17 to $17.75 per share. The excess, if any, of the fair market
value of the Company's stock at the date of grant over the exercise price of the
option was considered unearned compensation which was amortized and charged to
operations over the option's vesting period. As of May 31, 1997 and 1996,
582,536 and 561,046 options, respectively, had been exercised. At May 31, 1997,
22,960 share options were exercisable under these agreements.

  During the year ended May 31, 1993, the Board of Directors granted certain
officers of the Company restricted stock awards representing an aggregate of
21,773 shares of common stock. The shares underlying the stock grants are
outstanding at the date of grant. Generally, these shares become fully vested
five years from the grant date and remain restricted and non-transferable until
such date. During fiscal 1995, stock grants representing 4,000 shares were
canceled and 4,000 shares were vested as part of a separation agreement. At May
31, 1997, stock awards representing 13,773 shares remain outstanding.

12. STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN

  On February 22, 1994, the Board of Directors of the Company unanimously
adopted a Stockholder Rights Plan, pursuant to which it declared a dividend
distribution of one preferred stock purchase right (a "Right") for each
outstanding share of the common stock. In December 1996, the Board of Directors
unanimously agreed to extend the Rights Plan to February 22, 2007, and change
the price of each Right to $65.00.

  The Rights dividend was payable on March 8, 1994 to the holders of record of
shares of common stock on that date. Each Right entitles the registered holder
to purchase from the Company 1/100th of a share of the Company's Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share, 1,500,000 shares
authorized and no shares issued or outstanding at May 31, 1997 (the "Series A
Preferred Stock"), at a price of $65.00 per 1/100th of a share, subject to
adjustment.


                                      F-17


<PAGE>   54


  The Rights become exercisable (i) the 10th business day following the date of
a public announcement that a person or a group of affiliated or associated
persons (an "Acquiring Person") has acquired beneficial ownership of 15% or more
of the outstanding shares of common stock, or (ii) the 10th business day
following the commencement of, or announcement of an intention to make a tender
offer or exchange offer the consummation of which would result in the person or
group making the offer becoming an Acquiring Person (the earlier of the dates
described in clauses (i) and (ii) being called the "Distribution Date").

  The Rights are not exercisable until the Distribution Date. The Rights will
expire on February 22, 2007 (the "Scheduled Expiration Date"), unless prior
thereto the Distribution Date occurs, or unless the Scheduled Expiration Date is
extended.

  Each share of Series A Preferred Stock purchasable upon exercise of the Rights
will be entitled to a minimum preferential quarterly dividend payment of $1.00
per share, but will be entitled to an aggregate dividend of 100 times the
dividend declared per share of common stock. In the event the Company's assets
are liquidated, the holders of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock will be
entitled to an aggregate payment of 100 times the payment made per share of
common stock. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock will have 100 votes, voting
together with the shares of common stock. Finally, in the event of any merger,
consolidation or other transaction in which shares of common stock are
exchanged, each share of Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive
100 times the amount received per share of common stock. The Rights Plan was
ratified and approved by the Company's stockholders at the 1994 annual meeting
of stockholders. The Rights Plan will be re-submitted to the stockholders at the
1997 annual meeting of stockholders for a non-binding vote.

13. EXPORT SALES

  Sales to foreign unaffiliated customers, by major country, were as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             YEARS ENDED MAY 31,
                 ---------------------------------------
                     1997         1996          1995
                 -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>              <C>           <C>           <C>        
Germany ......   $ 5,446,000   $ 6,706,000   $ 1,699,000
Japan ........    11,704,000     6,188,000     5,544,000
France .......     5,154,000     2,895,000       360,000
United Kingdom     3,957,000     2,725,000     1,143,000
Canada .......     1,941,000     1,979,000       608,000
Panama .......     1,397,000       964,000          --
Mexico .......       385,000       394,000       915,000
Other ........    14,310,000     4,494,000     2,314,000
                 -----------   -----------   -----------
                 $44,294,000   $26,345,000   $12,583,000
                 ===========   ===========   ===========
</TABLE>


                                      F-18


<PAGE>   55


                         CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


The Board of Directors
Vans, Inc.:

            The audits referred to in our report dated July 18, 1997, included
the related financial statement schedule as of May 31, 1997, and for each of the
years in the three-year period ended May 31, 1997, incorporated by reference in
the registration statements on Forms S-3 and S-8 of Vans, Inc. This financial
statement schedule is the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement schedule
based on our audits. In our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when
considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a
whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth
therein.

            We consent to incorporation by reference in the registration
statements on Forms S-3 and S-8 of Vans, Inc. of our report dated July 18, 1997,
relating to the consolidated balance sheets of Vans, Inc. and subsidiaries as of
May 31, 1997 and 1996, and the related consolidated statements of operations,
stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year
period ended May 31, 1997, and the related schedule, which report appears in the
May 31, 1997 annual report on Form 10-K of Vans, Inc.



KPMG Peat Marwick LLP



Orange County, California
August 29, 1997


                                      F-19


<PAGE>   56







                                   SCHEDULE II



                 Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         Balance at
                        Beginning of       Charge to Cost                        Balance at
                           Period           and Expenses          Other         End of Period
<S>                       <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>       
Year end May 31, 1995:
Allowance for
doubtful accounts .....   $  671,102         $1,359,846        $(1,218,317)(a)     $  812,631
                                                                                   
Lower of cost or market                                                            
valuation allowance ...   $  324,772         $  275,228        $         0         $  600,000
                                                                                   
Year end May 31, 1996:                                                             
Allowance for                                                                      
doubtful accounts .....   $  812,631         $  762,295        $  (427,582)(a)     $1,147,344
                                                                                   
Lower of cost or market                                                            
valuation allowance ...   $  600,000         $        0        $         0         $  600,000
                                                                                   
Year end May 31, 1997:                                                             
                                                                                   
Allowance for                                                                      
doubtful accounts .....   $1,147,344         $  710,611        $  (458,366)(a)(b)  $1,399,589
                                                                                   
Lower of cost or market                                                            
valuation allowance ...   $  600,000         $        0        $   144,686 (b)     $  744,686
                                                                             
</TABLE>

- ---------------------------------

(a)         Charge-off of uncollectible accounts receivable.

(b)         Represents reserves established in connection with the acquisition
            of consolidated subsidiaries.


                                      F-20





<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.4

                                   VANS, INC.
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

            THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT ("Agreement" herein) is entered into as
of March 10, 1997 by and between VANS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), and CRAIG E. GOSSELIN ("Employee"), with reference to the following
facts:

            A. The Company and Employee are parties to an Employment Agreement,
dated September 18, 1992 (the "Original Agreement"); and

            B. The parties wish to supersede the terms and conditions of the
Original Agreement and enter into a new Employment Agreement on the terms and
conditions stated herein.

      NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

           1. Employment and Duties. The Company hereby employs Employee as Vice
President and General Counsel of the Company on the terms and subject to the
conditions contained in this Agreement. Employee shall be responsible for
managing the Legal, Human Resources, Benefits and Loss Prevention Departments of
the Company. Employee hereby accepts such employment and agrees to perform in
good faith and to the best of Employee's ability all services which may be
required of Employee hereunder, to do what is asked of him, and to be available
to render services at all times and places in accordance with such directions,
requests, rules and regulations made by the Company in connection with
Employee's employment. Employee hereby acknowledges and understands the duties
and services that are expected of him hereunder, and he hereby represents that
he has the experience and knowledge to perform such duties and services.
Employee shall, during the term hereof, devote Employee's full time and energy
to performing his duties. Employee shall report to the President and Chief
Executive Officer. Employee shall be based at the Company's corporate offices.
Employee understands, however, that Employee may be required to travel within
and out of the State of California to discharge his duties hereunder.

           2. Term of Employment. The term of this Agreement shall terminate on
September 17, 2000 unless sooner terminated as provided herein. This Agreement
does not give Employee any enforceable right to employment beyond this term, and
Employee agrees that he shall have no rights hereunder thereafter. AS PROVIDED
FURTHER IN PARAGRAPH 11.1 BELOW, THIS AGREEMENT CONSTITUTES AN EMPLOYMENT
AT-WILL THAT MAY BE TERMINATED AT ANY TIME BY COMPANY OR EMPLOYEE, WITH OR
WITHOUT CAUSE, NOTWITHSTANDING THE TERM OF THIS AGREEMENT. IF EMPLOYEE IS
TERMINATED WITHOUT CAUSE DURING THE TERM HEREOF, OR AFTER A "CHANGE IN
MANAGEMENT OR CONTROL," AS DEFINED IN PARAGRAPH 11.5 BELOW, OR TERMINATES THIS
AGREEMENT FOR "GOOD REASON," AS DEFINED IN PARAGRAPH 11.3 BELOW, EMPLOYEE'S SOLE
REMEDY SHALL BE THE COMPENSATION SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 11.4 BELOW.

Initial____________                                            Initial__________
   Representative                                                       Employee
   of the Company

<PAGE>   2

           3. Salary Compensation. As salary compensation for Employee's
services hereunder and all the rights granted hereunder by Employee to the
Company, the Company shall pay Employee a gross salary of no less than $176,000
per annum. Employee's salary shall be payable in bi-weekly increments in
accordance with the Company's payroll practices for salaried employees, upon the
condition that Employee fully and faithfully performs Employee's services
hereunder in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The
Company shall deduct and withhold from the compensation payable to Employee
hereunder any and all amounts required to be deducted or withheld by the Company
under the provisions of any statute, regulation, ordinance, or order and any and
all amendments hereinafter enacted requiring the withholding or deducting from
compensation payable to employees.

            4. Expense Reimbursement. Employee shall be reimbursed by the
Company for all traveling, hotel, entertainment and other expenses that are
properly and necessarily incurred by Employee, pursuant to the Company's
policies on the same.

            5.  Death or Disability of Employee.

                 5.1 General. In the event of Employee's death or "disability"
(as such term is defined in Paragraph 5.2 hereof) while in the employ of the
Company, this Agreement, and the compensation due to Employee pursuant to
Paragraph 3 hereof, shall terminate upon the date of death or disability and the
Company shall thereafter be required to make payments only to Employee, as
provided in Paragraph 11.2 hereof. If Employee shall recover from such
disability prior to the expiration date of the Agreement, this Agreement and
Employee's employment hereunder shall be reinstated for the balance of the term
of this Agreement.

                 5.2 Definition of Disability. Employee shall be deemed disabled
if, in the sole opinion of the Company, Employee is unable to substantially
perform the services required of Employee hereunder for a period in excess of 60
consecutive work days or 60 work days during any 90 work day period. In such
event, Employee shall be deemed disabled as of such 60th work day.

           6. Restrictive Covenant. During the term of this Agreement, Employee
shall (i) devote his full time and energy solely and exclusively to the
performance of his duties described herein; (ii) not directly or indirectly
provide services to or through any company or firm except the Company unless
otherwise instructed by the Company; (iii) not directly or indirectly own,
manage, operate, join, control, contribute to, or participate in the ownership,
management, operation or control of or be employed by or connected in any manner
with any enterprise which is engaged in any business competitive with or similar
to that of the Company; and (iv) not render any services of any kind or
character for Employee's own account of for any other person, firm or
corporation without first obtaining the Company's consent in writing; provided,
however, Employee shall have the right to perform such incidental services as
are



                                             2

<PAGE>   3

necessary in connection with Employee's (a) private passive investments where he
is not obligated or required to, and shall not in fact, devote any managerial
efforts, as long as such investments are not in companies which are in
competition in any way with the Company; or (b) charitable or community
activities, or in trade or professional organizations, provided that such
incidental services do not interfere with the performance of Employee's services
hereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 6,
Employee shall be permitted to serve as a director of Pollution Research and
Control Corp. during the term of this Agreement.

           7. Non-Solicitation. Employee shall not, during the full term of this
Agreement and for a period of one (1) year thereafter, for himself or on behalf
of any other person, partnership, corporation or entity, directly or indirectly,
or by action in concert with others, solicit, induce, suggest or encourage any
person known to him to be an employee of the Company or any affiliate of the
Company to terminate his or her employment or other contractual relationship
with the Company or any of its affiliates.

            8.   Trade Secrets and Related Matters

                  8.1 Definitions. For purpose of this Section 8:

                      (a) "Records" means files, accounts, records, log books,
documents, drawings, sketches, designs, diagrams, models, plans, blueprints,
specifications, manuals, books, forms, notes, reports, memoranda, studies,
surveys, software, flow charts, data, computer programs, listing of source code,
calculations, recordings, catalogues, compilations of information,
correspondence, confidential data of customers and all copies, abstracts or
summaries of the foregoing in any storage medium, as well as instruments, tools,
storage devices, disks, equipment and all other physical items related to the
business of the Company (other than merely personal items of a general
professional nature), whether of a public nature or not, and whether prepared by
Employee or not.

                      (b) "Trade Secrets" means confidential business or
technical information or trade secrets of the Company which Employee acquires
while employed by the Company, whether or not conceived of, developed or
prepared by Employee or at his direction and includes:

                             (i) Any information or compilation of information
concerning the Company's financial position, financing, purchasing, accounting,
marketing, merchandising, sales, salaries, pricing, investments, costs, profits,
plans for future development, employees, prospective employees, research,
development, formulae, patterns, strategy, inventions, plans, specifications,
devices, products, procedures, processes, operations, techniques, software,
computer programs or data,

                             (ii) Any information or compilation of information
concerning the identity, plans, requirements, preferences, practices and methods
of



                                        3

<PAGE>   4

doing business on specific customers, suppliers, prospective customers and
prospective suppliers of the Company;

                             (iii) Any other information or "know how" which is
related to any product, process, service, business or research of the Company;
and

                             (iv) Any information which the Company acquires
from another party and treats as its proprietary information or designates as
"Confidential," whether or not owned or developed by the Company.

      Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Trade Secrets" do not include any of the
following:

                             (i) Information which is publicly known or which is
generally employed by the trade, whether on or after the date that Employee
first acquires the information;

                             (ii) General information or knowledge which
Employee would have learned in the course of similar work elsewhere in the
trade; or

                             (iii) Information which Employee can prove was
known by Employee before the commencement of Employee's engagement by the
Company;

                  8.2  Acknowledgments. Employee acknowledges that:

                      (a) Employee's relationship with the Company will be a
confidential relationship in which Employee will have access to and may create
Trade Secrets.

                      (b) The Company uses the Trade Secrets in its business to
obtain a competitive advantage over its competitors who do not know or use that
information.

                      (c) The protection of the Trade Secrets against
unauthorized disclosure or use is of critical importance in maintaining the
competitive position of the Company.

                 8.3 Protection of Trade Secrets. Employee shall not at any
time, without the prior written consent of the Company, which may be withheld by
it in its sole and absolute discretion, disclose any Trade Secret in any way
except to designated employees of the Company, and shall not use any Trade
Secret in any way except in connection with his or her duties to the Company.



                                        4

<PAGE>   5
                 8.4 Records.

                      (a) Ownership. All Records are and shall remain the
exclusive property of the Company.

                      (b) Return of Records. At the termination of this
Agreement, Employee shall promptly return to the Company all records in
Employee's possession or over which Employee has control.

                 8.5 Prohibited Use of Trade Secrets. During the term of this
Agreement and for 12 months following termination of this Agreement, Employee
shall not undertake any employment or consulting relationship (the "New
Activity") if the loyal and complete fulfillment of his or her duties in the New
Activity would inherently call upon Employee to reveal any Trade Secret.

           9. Ownership of Material and Ideas. Employee agrees that all
material, ideas, and inventions pertaining to the business of the Company or of
any client of the Company, including but not limited to, all patents and
copyrights thereon and renewals and extensions thereof, trademarks and trade
names, and the names, addresses and telephone numbers of customers, distributors
and sales representatives of the Company, belong solely to the Company. Employee
hereby assigns any rights he may have to any such property to the Company, and
agrees to execute and deliver any documents which evidence such assignment.

           10. Employee Plans, etc. Employee shall be entitled to participate,
to the same extent as most other officers of the Company, in any bonus
compensation plan, stock purchase or stock option plan, group life insurance
plan, group medical insurance plan and other compensation or employee benefit
plans (collectively, "Plans") which are generally available to a majority of the
other officers of the Company during the term hereof and for which Employee
shall qualify. Employee further understands, however, that the Board of
Directors, or such committee or person or persons designated by the Board of
Directors, shall determine in its sole discretion (i) whether any Plans are made
available to a majority of the officers of the Company; (ii) whether one or more
Plans are adopted solely for the Chief Executive Officer and/or one or more (but
not a majority) of the officers of the Company; (iii) whether one or more Plans
are made available to a majority of the officers; and (iv) the amounts payable
or the benefits provided thereunder to each participant in whole or in part.
Employee agrees and acknowledges that he has no vested interest in the
continuance of any Plan, and that no Plan in existence on the date of the
Agreement has acted as a material inducement to Employee in entering into this
Agreement.



                                        5

<PAGE>   6

            11. Termination.

                  11.1 "At Will" Employment. This Agreement, and Employee's
employment, is at will, and the Company may, with or without notice, terminate
this Agreement and all of the Company's obligations hereunder with or without
"Cause." Employee may also terminate this Agreement at any time, for any reason,
upon the giving of thirty (30) days' written notice to the Company; provided,
however, the Company may waive all or any portion of such notice period in its
sole and absolute discretion. Termination by the Company for "Cause" means
termination due to (i) Employee's conviction of a felony (which, through the
lapse of time or otherwise is not subject to appeal); (ii) Employee's material
refusal, failure or neglect without proper cause to perform adequately his
obligations under this Agreement or follow the instructions of his
supervisor(s); (iii) any negligence or willful misconduct by Employee; (iv)
Employee's material breach of any of his fiduciary obligations as an executive
officer of the Company; (v) Employee's material failure to adhere to the code of
conduct and rules set forth in the Company's Employee Handbook, as amended or in
existence from time to time; (vi) the death or disability of Employee; or (vii)
the voluntary termination by Employee of his employment, except for "Good
Reason" (as defined in Paragraph 11.3 hereof).

                  11.2 Termination for Cause. Upon termination for Cause, the
Company shall only be required to pay Employee (i) accrued salary compensation
due to Employee as compensation for services rendered hereunder and not
previously paid; (ii) accrued vacation pay; and (iii) any appropriate business
expenses incurred by Employee in connection with his duties hereunder and
approved pursuant to Section 4 hereof, all through the date of termination.
Employee shall not be entitled to any severance compensation; bonus
compensation, whether "vested" or unvested; or any other compensation, benefits
or reimbursement of any kind.

                  11.3 Termination for "Good Reason." Employee may terminate
this Agreement for "Good Reason" (as hereinafter defined) upon thirty (30) days
written notice to the Company. The term "Good Reason" means (i) Employee is not
appointed or is removed from the position of Vice President and General Counsel
without Cause during the term of this Agreement; or (ii) without Employee's
consent, a majority of the duties defined in Section 1 hereof are removed from
Employee's responsibilities. The term Good Reason does not include a situation
where certain of the duties defined in Section 1 hereof are removed from
Employee's responsibilities and are replaced with duties which have greater
responsibility and/or authority than the duties which are removed. Unless
Employee terminates this Agreement within thirty (30) days of learning from any
source that the Company has acted so as to provide Good Reason for Employee to
terminate this Agreement, and gives thirty (30) days' written notice of such
termination, Employee's right to receive severance compensation pursuant to
Paragraph 11.4 for such event shall be forever lost.



                                        6

<PAGE>   7

                  11.4 Severance Compensation. In the event (i) Employee
terminates this Agreement for Good Reason in accordance with Paragraph 11.3
hereof; (ii) Employee is terminated for any reason (except death or disability)
upon, or within six months following, a "Change in Management or Control (as
such term is defined in Paragraph 11.5 hereof);" or (iii) Employee is terminated
without Cause, the Company shall be obligated to pay severance compensation to
Employee in an amount equal to his salary compensation (at the rate payable at
the time of such termination) for a period of 12 months from the date of
termination; provided, however, if Employee is employed by a new employer, or as
a consultant during such period, the severance compensation payable to Employee
hereunder shall be reduced by the amount of compensation that Employee actually
receives from the new employer, or as a consultant. However, Employee shall have
a duty to inform the Company that he has obtained such new employment, and the
failure to do so is a material breach of this Agreement. In such event, the
Company shall be entitled to (i) cease all payments to Employee under this
Paragraph 11.4; and (ii) recover any unauthorized payments to Employee in an
action for breach of contract. Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement
to the contrary, solely in the event of a termination upon or following a Change
in Management or Control, the amount of severance compensation paid to Employee
hereunder shall not include any amount that the Company is prohibited from
deducting for federal income tax purposes by virtue of Section 280G of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor provision. In
addition to the foregoing severance compensation, the Company shall pay Employee
(i) all compensation for services rendered hereunder and not previously paid;
(ii) accrued vacation pay; and (iii) any appropriate business expenses incurred
by Employee in connection with his duties hereunder and approved pursuant to
Section 4 hereof, all through the date of termination. Employee shall not be
entitled to any bonus compensation, whether vested or unvested; or any other
compensation, benefits or reimbursement of any kind.

                  11.5 Definition of "Change in Management or Control." The term
"Change in Management or Control" means (i) the time that the Company first
determines that any person and all other persons who constitute a group (within
the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
("Exchange Act")) have acquired direct or indirect beneficial ownership (within
the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of twenty percent (20%) or
more of the Company's outstanding securities, unless a majority of the
"Continuing Directors" (as such term is hereinafter defined) approves the
acquisition not later than ten (10) business days after the Company makes that
determination, or (ii) the first day on which a majority of the members of the
Company's Board of Directors are not "Continuing Directors." The term
"Continuing Directors" means, as of any date of determination, any member of the
Board of Directors of the Company who (i) was a member of that Board of
Directors on the date of this Agreement, (iii) has been a member of that Board
of Directors for the two years immediately preceding such date of determination,
or (iv) was nominated for election or elected to the Board of Directors with the
affirmative vote of the greater of



                                        7

<PAGE>   8

(x) a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of the Board at the
time of such nomination or election, or (y) at least four Continuing Directors.

                 11.6 Exclusive Remedy. The payments referred to in this Section
11 shall be exclusive and shall be the only remedy available to Employee for
termination of his employment with the Company, regardless of the circumstances,
reasons or motivation for any such termination. If Employee gives notice of
termination of this Agreement, or if it becomes known that this Agreement will
otherwise terminate in accordance with its provisions, the Company may, in its
sole discretion, relieve Employee of his duties under this Agreement or assign
Employee other duties and responsibilities to be performed until the termination
becomes effective.

           12. Services Unique. It is agreed that the services to be rendered by
Employee hereunder are of a special, unique, unusual, extraordinary and
intellectual character which gives them a peculiar value, the loss of which
cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated in damages in an action at law
and that a breach by Employee of any of the provisions contained herein will
cause the Company irreparable injury and damage. Employee expressly agrees that
the Company shall be entitled to injunctive or other equitable relief to prevent
a breach hereof. Resort to any such equitable relief shall not be construed as a
waiver of any of the rights or remedies which the Company may have against
Employee for damages or otherwise.

           13. Key Man Life Insurance. During the term of this Agreement, the
Company may at any time effect insurance on Employee's life and/or health in
such amounts and in such form as the Company may in its sole discretion decide.
Employee shall not have any interest in such insurance, but shall, if the
Company requests, submit to such medical examinations, supply such information
and execute such documents as may be required in connection with, or so as to
enable the Company to effect, such insurance.

           14. Vacation. Employee shall have the right during each one year
period of the term of this Agreement to take an aggregate of three weeks of
vacation, with pay, at such times as are mutually convenient to Employee and to
the Company.

           15. Notices. Any and all notices, demands or other communications
required or desired to be given hereunder by any party shall be in writing and
shall be validly given or made to another party if given by personal delivery,
telex, facsimile, telegram or if deposited in the United States mail, certified
or registered, postage prepaid, return receipt requested. If such notice, demand
or other communication is given by personal delivery, telex, facsimile or
telegram, service shall be conclusively deemed made at the time of such personal
service. If such notice, demand or other communication is given by mail, such
notice shall be conclusively deemed given forty-eight (48) hours after the
deposit thereof in the United States mail addressed to the party to whom such
notice, demand or other communication is to be given as hereinafter set forth:

                                             8



<PAGE>   9


      To the Company:          VANS, INC.
                               2095 Batavia Street
                               Orange, California 92865
                               Attn: President
                               (714) 974-4481 - facsimile

      To Employee:             CRAIG E. GOSSELIN
                               (at the address set forth below his signature)

Any party hereto may change his or its address for the purpose of receiving
notices, demands and other communications as herein provided by a written notice
given in the manner aforesaid to the other party or parties hereto.

           16. Applicable Law and Severability. This Agreement shall, in all
respects, be governed by the laws of the State of California applicable to
agreements executed and to be wholly performed within the State of California.
Nothing contained herein shall be construed so as to require the commission of
any act contrary to law, and wherever there is any conflict between any
provision contained herein and any present or future statute, law, ordinance or
regulation contrary to which the parties have no legal right to contract, the
latter shall prevail but the provision of this Agreement which is affected shall
be curtailed and limited only to the extent necessary to bring it within the
requirements of the law.

           17. Attorneys' Fees. In the event any action is instituted by a party
to enforce any of the terms and provisions contained herein, the prevailing
party in such action shall be entitled to such reasonable attorneys' fees, costs
and expenses as may be fixed by the Court.

           18. Modifications or Amendments. No amendment, change or modification
of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by all of the
parties hereto. Further, any amendment, change or modification of this Agreement
(including but not limited to the at-will nature of this Agreement as set forth
in Section 2 and Paragraph 11.1 hereof) must be approved in advance by the Board
of Directors of Company and reflected in the minutes of such Board's meetings or
in an action by unanimous written consent.

           19. Successors and Assigns. All of the terms and provisions contained
herein shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the parties
hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and
assigns.

           20. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire
understanding and agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter of
this Agreement, and any and all prior agreements (including, without limitation,
the Original



                                        9
<PAGE>   10


Agreement), understandings or representations are hereby terminated and canceled
in their entirety and are of no further force or effect.

           21. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts.

           22. Arbitration of Employment Disputes. Any dispute or controversy
arising out of this Agreement or the employment relationship between Employee
and the Company shall, at any time following the termination of Employee's
employment, be submitted to final and binding arbitration that shall comply with
the applicable arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association or the
Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Service ("JAMS")/Endispute, and judgment upon
the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having
jurisdiction thereof. The cost of arbitration (including reasonable attorneys'
fees) shall be borne by the losing party. The arbitration shall occur in Orange,
California and the parties hereby consent to the jurisdiction of the arbitrator
and to service of process. EMPLOYEE HEREBY UNDERSTANDS THAT, BY SIGNING THIS
AGREEMENT, HE IS AGREEING TO HAVE ANY CLAIM HEREUNDER DECIDED BY NEUTRAL
ARBITRATION AND IS GIVING UP THE RIGHT TO A JURY OR COURT TRIAL.

           23. Survival of Certain Provisions. Sections 7, 8, 9, and 22 of this
Agreement shall survive the termination hereof.

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

EMPLOYEE:                               THE COMPANY:

                                        VANS, INC.,
                                        a Delaware corporation


                                        
                                        By:

- ------------------------------------       -------------------------------------
Craig E. Gosselin


- ------------------------------------       -------------------------------------
Address                                               Title



                                       10


<PAGE>   1

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.14

                                   VANS, INC.
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

           THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT ("Agreement" herein) is entered into as of
March 10, 1997 by and between VANS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), and SARI K. RATSULA ("Employee"), with reference to the following
facts:

           A. The Company and Employee are parties to an Employment Agreement,
dated June 15, 1994 (the "Original Agreement"); and

           B. The parties wish to supersede the terms and conditions of the
Original Agreement and enter into a new Employment Agreement on the terms and
conditions stated herein.

      NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

            1. Employment and Duties. The Company hereby employs Employee as
Senior Vice President -- Sales and Product Development of the Company on the
terms and subject to the conditions contained in this Agreement. Employee shall
be responsible for managing all aspects of the Company's national sales efforts
and managing the Company's product development department. Employee hereby
accepts such employment and agrees to perform in good faith and to the best of
Employee's ability all services which may be required of Employee hereunder, to
do what is asked of her, and to be available to render services at all times and
places in accordance with such directions, requests, rules and regulations made
by the Company in connection with Employee's employment. Employee hereby
acknowledges and understands the duties and services that are expected of her
hereunder, and she hereby represents that she has the experience and knowledge
to perform such duties and services. Employee shall, during the term hereof,
devote Employee's full time and energy to performing her duties. Employee shall
report to the President and Chief Executive Officer. Employee shall be based at
the Company's corporate offices. Employee understands, however, that Employee
may be required to travel within and out of the State of California to discharge
her duties hereunder.

           2. Term of Employment. The term of this Agreement shall terminate on
June 14, 2000, unless sooner terminated as provided herein. This Agreement does
not give Employee any enforceable right to employment beyond this term, and
Employee agrees that she shall have no rights hereunder thereafter. AS PROVIDED
FURTHER IN PARAGRAPH 11.1 BELOW, THIS AGREEMENT CONSTITUTES AN EMPLOYMENT
AT-WILL THAT MAY BE TERMINATED AT ANY TIME BY COMPANY OR EMPLOYEE, WITH OR
WITHOUT CAUSE, NOTWITHSTANDING THE TERM OF THIS AGREEMENT. IF EMPLOYEE IS
TERMINATED WITHOUT CAUSE DURING THE TERM HEREOF, OR AFTER A "CHANGE IN
MANAGEMENT OR CONTROL," AS DEFINED IN PARAGRAPH 11.5 BELOW, OR TERMINATES THIS
AGREEMENT FOR "GOOD REASON," AS DEFINED IN PARAGRAPH 11.3 BELOW, EMPLOYEE'S SOLE
REMEDY SHALL BE THE COMPENSATION SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 11.4 BELOW.


Initial____________                                            Initial__________
   Representative                                                       Employee
   of the Company

<PAGE>   2

           3. Salary Compensation. As salary compensation for Employee's
services hereunder and all the rights granted hereunder by Employee to the
Company, the Company shall pay Employee a gross salary of no less than $200,000
per annum. Employee's salary shall be payable in bi-weekly increments in
accordance with the Company's payroll practices for salaried employees, upon the
condition that Employee fully and faithfully performs Employee's services
hereunder in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The
Company shall deduct and withhold from the compensation payable to Employee
hereunder any and all amounts required to be deducted or withheld by the Company
under the provisions of any statute, regulation, ordinance, or order and any and
all amendments hereinafter enacted requiring the withholding or deducting from
compensation payable to employees.

           4. Expense Reimbursement. Employee shall be reimbursed by the Company
for all traveling, hotel, entertainment and other expenses that are properly and
necessarily incurred by Employee, pursuant to the Company's policies on the
same.

           5. Death or Disability of Employee.

                 5.1 General. In the event of Employee's death or "disability"
(as such term is defined in Paragraph 5.2 hereof) while in the employ of the
Company, this Agreement, and the compensation due to Employee pursuant to
Paragraph 3 hereof, shall terminate upon the date of death or disability and the
Company shall thereafter be required to make payments only to Employee, as
provided in Paragraph 11.2 hereof. If Employee shall recover from such
disability prior to the expiration date of the Agreement, this Agreement and
Employee's employment hereunder shall be reinstated for the balance of the term
of this Agreement.

                 5.2 Definition of Disability. Employee shall be deemed disabled
if, in the sole opinion of the Company, Employee is unable to substantially
perform the services required of Employee hereunder for a period in excess of 60
consecutive work days or 60 work days during any 90 work day period. In such
event, Employee shall be deemed disabled as of such 60th work day.

           6. Restrictive Covenant. During the term of this Agreement, Employee
shall (i) devote her full time and energy solely and exclusively to the
performance of her duties described herein; (ii) not directly or indirectly
provide services to or through any company or firm except the Company unless
otherwise instructed by the Company; (iii) not directly or indirectly own,
manage, operate, join, control, contribute to, or participate in the ownership,
management, operation or control of or be employed by or connected in any manner
with any enterprise which is engaged in any business competitive with or similar
to that of the Company; and (iv) not render any services of any kind or
character for Employee's own account of for any other person, firm or
corporation without first obtaining the Company's consent in writing; provided,
however, Employee shall have the right to perform such incidental services as
are



                                        2

<PAGE>   3

necessary in connection with Employee's (a) private passive investments where
she is not obligated or required to, and shall not in fact, devote any
managerial efforts, as long as such investments are not in companies which are
in competition in any way with the Company; or (b) charitable or community
activities, or in trade or professional organizations, provided that such
incidental services do not interfere with the performance of Employee's services
hereunder.

            7. Non-Solicitation. Employee shall not, during the full term of
this Agreement and for a period of one (1) year thereafter, for herself or on
behalf of any other person, partnership, corporation or entity, directly or
indirectly, or by action in concert with others, solicit, induce, suggest or
encourage any person known to her to be an employee of the Company or any
affiliate of the Company to terminate his or her employment or other contractual
relationship with the Company or any of its affiliates.

            8.   Trade Secrets and Related Matters

                 8.1 Definitions. For purpose of this Section 8:

                      (a) "Records" means files, accounts, records, log books,
documents, drawings, sketches, designs, diagrams, models, plans, blueprints,
specifications, manuals, books, forms, notes, reports, memoranda, studies,
surveys, software, flow charts, data, computer programs, listing of source code,
calculations, recordings, catalogues, compilations of information,
correspondence, confidential data of customers and all copies, abstracts or
summaries of the foregoing in any storage medium, as well as instruments, tools,
storage devices, disks, equipment and all other physical items related to the
business of the Company (other than merely personal items of a general
professional nature), whether of a public nature or not, and whether prepared by
Employee or not.

                      (b) "Trade Secrets" means confidential business or
technical information or trade secrets of the Company which Employee acquires
while employed by the Company, whether or not conceived of, developed or
prepared by Employee or at her direction and includes:

                             (i) Any information or compilation of information
concerning the Company's financial position, financing, purchasing, accounting,
marketing, merchandising, sales, salaries, pricing, investments, costs, profits,
plans for future development, employees, prospective employees, research,
development, formulae, patterns, strategy, inventions, plans, specifications,
devices, products, procedures, processes, operations, techniques, software,
computer programs or data;

                             (ii) Any information or compilation of information
concerning the identity, plans, requirements, preferences, practices and methods
of doing business on specific customers, suppliers, prospective customers and
prospective suppliers of the Company,



                                        3

<PAGE>   4
                             (iii) Any other information or "know how" which is
related to any product, process, service, business or research of the Company;
and

                             (iv) Any information which the Company acquires
from another party and treats as its proprietary information or designates as
"Confidential," whether or not owned or developed by the Company.

      Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Trade Secrets" do not include any of the
following:

                             (i) Information which is publicly known or which is
generally employed by the trade, whether on or after the date that Employee
first acquires the information;

                             (ii) General information or knowledge which
Employee would have learned in the course of similar work elsewhere in the
trade; or

                             (iii) Information which Employee can prove was
known by Employee before the commencement of Employee's engagement by the
Company;

                 8.2 Acknowledgments. Employee acknowledges that:

                      (a) Employee's relationship with the Company will be a
confidential relationship in which Employee will have access to and may create
Trade Secrets.

                      (b) The Company uses the Trade Secrets in its business to
obtain a competitive advantage over its competitors who do not know or, use that
information.

                      (c) The protection of the Trade Secrets against
unauthorized disclosure or use is of critical importance in maintaining the
competitive position of the Company.

                 8.3 Protection of Trade Secrets. Employee shall not at any
time, without the prior written consent of the Company, which may be withheld by
it in its sole and absolute discretion, disclose any Trade Secret in any way
except to designated employees of the Company, and shall not use any Trade
Secret in any way except in connection with her duties to the Company.

                 8.4 Records.

                      (a) Ownership, All Records are and shall remain the
exclusive property of the Company.



                                        4

<PAGE>   5

                      (b) Return of Records. At the termination of this
Agreement, Employee shall promptly return to the Company all records in
Employee's possession or over which Employee has control.

           9. Ownership of Material and Ideas. Employee agrees that all
material, ideas, and inventions pertaining to the business of the Company or of
any client of the Company, including but not limited to, all patents and
copyrights thereon and renewals and extensions thereof, trademarks and trade
names, and the names, addresses and telephone numbers of customers, distributors
and sales representatives of the Company, belong solely to the Company. Employee
hereby assigns any rights she may have to any such property to the Company, and
agrees to execute and deliver any documents which evidence such assignment.

            10. Employee Plans, etc. Employee shall be entitled to participate,
to the same extent as most other officers of the Company, in any bonus
compensation plan, stock purchase or stock option plan, group life insurance
plan, group medical insurance plan and other compensation or employee benefit
plans (collectively, "Plans") which are generally available to a majority of the
other officers of the Company during the term hereof and for which Employee
shall qualify. Employee further understands, however, that the Board of
Directors, or such committee or person or persons designated by the Board of
Directors, shall determine in its sole discretion (i) whether any Plans are made
available to a majority of the officers of the Company; (ii) whether one or more
Plans are adopted solely for the Chief Executive Officer and/or one or more (but
not a majority) of the officers of the Company; (iii) whether one or more Plans
are made available to a majority of the officers; and (iv) the amounts payable
or the benefits provided thereunder to each participant in whole or in part.
Employee agrees and acknowledges that she has no vested interest in the
continuance of any Plan, and that no Plan in existence on the date of the
Agreement has acted as a material inducement to Employee in entering into this
Agreement.

            11. Termination.

                  11.1 "At Will" Employment. This Agreement, and Employee's
employment, is at will, and the Company may, with or without notice, terminate
this Agreement and all of the Company's obligations hereunder with or without
"Cause." Employee may also terminate this Agreement at any time, for any reason,
upon the giving of thirty (30) days' written notice to the Company; provided,
however, the Company may waive all or any portion of such notice period in its
sole and absolute discretion. Termination by the Company for "Cause" means
termination due to (i) Employee's conviction of a felony (which, through the
lapse of time or otherwise is not subject to appeal); (ii) Employee's material
refusal, failure or neglect without proper cause to perform adequately her
obligations under this Agreement or follow the instructions of her
supervisor(s); (iii) any negligence or willful misconduct by Employee; (iv)
Employee's material breach of any of her fiduciary obligations as an executive
officer of the Company, (v) Employee's material failure to adhere to the code of



                                        5

<PAGE>   6

conduct and rules set forth in the Company's Employee Handbook, as amended or in
existence from time to time; (vi) the death or disability of Employee; or (vii)
the voluntary termination by Employee of her employment, except for "Good
Reason" (as defined in Paragraph 11.3 hereof).

                  11.2 Termination for Cause. Upon termination for Cause, the
Company shall only be required to pay Employee (i) accrued salary compensation
due to Employee as compensation for services rendered hereunder and not
previously paid; (ii) accrued vacation pay; and (iii) any appropriate business
expenses incurred by Employee in connection with her duties hereunder and
approved pursuant to Section 4 hereof, all through the date of termination.
Employee shall not be entitled to any severance compensation; bonus
compensation, whether "vested" or unvested; or any other compensation, benefits
or reimbursement of any kind.

                  11.3 Termination for "Good Reason." Employee may terminate
this Agreement for "Good Reason" (as hereinafter defined) upon thirty (30) days
written notice to the Company. The term "Good Reason" means (i) Employee is not
appointed or is removed from the position of Senior Vice President -- Sales and
Product Development without Cause during the term of this Agreement; or (ii)
without Employee's consent, a majority of the duties defined in Section 1 hereof
are removed from Employee's responsibilities. The term Good Reason does not
include a situation where certain of the duties defined in Section 1 hereof are
removed from Employee's responsibilities and are replaced with duties which have
greater responsibility and/or authority than the duties which are removed.
Unless Employee terminates this Agreement within thirty (30) days of learning
from any source that the Company has acted so as to provide Good Reason for
Employee to terminate this Agreement, and gives thirty (30) days' written notice
of such termination, Employee's right to receive severance compensation pursuant
to Paragraph 11.4 for such event shall be forever lost.

                  11.4 Severance Compensation. In the event (i) Employee
terminates this Agreement for Good Reason in accordance with Paragraph 11.3
hereof; (ii) Employee is terminated for any reason (except death or disability)
upon, or within six months following, a "Change in Management or Control (as
such term is defined in Paragraph 11.5 hereof);" or (iii) Employee is terminated
without Cause, the Company shall be obligated to pay severance compensation to
Employee in an amount equal to her salary compensation (at the rate payable at
the time of such termination) for a period of six months from the date of
termination. Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement to the contrary,
solely in the event of a termination upon or following a Change in Management or
Control, the amount of severance compensation paid to Employee hereunder shall
not include any amount that the Company is prohibited from deducting for federal
income tax purposes by virtue of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended, or any successor provision. In addition to the foregoing
severance compensation, the Company shall pay Employee (i) all compensation for
services rendered hereunder and not previously paid; (ii) accrued



                                        6

<PAGE>   7
vacation pay; and (iii) any appropriate business expenses incurred by Employee
in connection with her duties hereunder and approved pursuant to Section 4
hereof, all through the date of termination. Employee shall not be entitled to
any bonus compensation, whether vested or unvested; or any other compensation,
benefits or reimbursement of any kind.

                11.5  Definition of "Change in Management or Control."  The term
"Change in Management or Control" means (i) the time that the Company first
determines that any person and all other persons who constitute a group (within
the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
("Exchange Act")) have acquired direct or indirect beneficial ownership (within
the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of twenty percent (20%) or
more of the Company's outstanding securities, unless a majority of the
"Continuing Directors" (as such term is hereinafter defined) approves the
acquisition not later than ten (10) business days after the Company makes that
determination, or (ii) the first day on which a majority of the members of the
Company's Board of Directors are not "Continuing Directors." The term
"Continuing Directors" means, as of any date of determination, any member of the
Board of Directors of the Company who (i) was a member of that Board of
Directors on the date of this Agreement, (ii) has been a member of that Board of
Directors for the two years immediately preceding such date of determination, or
(iii) was nominated for election or elected to the Board of Directors with the
affirmative vote of the greater of (x) a majority of the Continuing Directors
who were members of the Board at the time of such nomination or election, or (y)
at least four Continuing Directors.

                11.6  Exclusive Remedy.  The payments referred to in this
Section 11 shall be exclusive and shall be the only remedy available to Employee
for termination of her employment with the Company, regardless of the
circumstances, reasons or motivation for any such termination. If Employee gives
notice of termination of this Agreement, or if it becomes known that this
Agreement will otherwise terminate in accordance with its provisions, the
Company may, in its sole discretion, relieve Employee of her duties under this
Agreement or assign Employee other duties and responsibilities to be performed
until the termination becomes effective.

        12.  Services Unique.  It is agreed that the services to be rendered by
Employee hereunder are of a special, unique, unusual, extraordinary and
intellectual character which gives them a peculiar value, the loss of which
cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated in damages in an action at law
and that a breach by Employee of any of the provisions contained herein will
cause the Company irreparable injury and damage. Employee expressly agrees that
the Company shall be entitled to injunctive or other equitable relief to prevent
a breach hereof. Resort to any such equitable relief shall not be construed as a
waiver of any of the rights or remedies which the Company may have against
Employee for damages or otherwise.

                                       7
<PAGE>   8

           13. Key Man Life Insurance. During the term of this Agreement, the
Company may at any time effect insurance on Employee's life and/or health in
such amounts and in such form as the Company may in its sole discretion decide.
Employee shall not have any interest in such insurance, but shall, if the
Company requests, submit to such medical examinations, supply such information
and execute such documents as may be required in connection with, or so as to
enable the Company to effect, such insurance.

           14. Vacation. Employee shall have the right during each one year
period of the term of this Agreement to take an aggregate of three weeks of
vacation, with pay, at such times as are mutually convenient to Employee and to
the Company.

           15. Notices. Any and all notices, demands or other communications
required or desired to be given hereunder by any party shall be in writing and
shall be validly given or made to another party if given by personal delivery,
telex, facsimile, telegram or if deposited in the United States mail, certified
or registered, postage prepaid, return receipt requested. If such notice, demand
or other communication is given by personal delivery, telex, facsimile or
telegram, service shall be conclusively deemed made at the time of such personal
service. If such notice, demand or other communication is given by mail, such
notice shall be conclusively deemed given forty-eight (48) hours after the
deposit thereof in the United States mail addressed to the party to whom such
notice, demand or other communication is to be given as hereinafter set forth:

      To the Company:          VANS, INC.
                               2095 Batavia Street
                               Orange, California 92865
                               Attn: General Counsel
                               (714) 974-4481 - facsimile

      To Employee:             SARI K. RATSULA
                               (at the address set forth below her signature)

Any party hereto may change her or its address for the purpose of receiving
notices, demands and other communications as herein provided by a written notice
given in the manner aforesaid to the other party or parties hereto.

           16. Applicable Law and Severability. This Agreement shall, in all
respects, be governed by the laws of the State of California applicable to
agreements executed and to be wholly performed within the State of California.
Nothing contained herein shall be construed so as to require the commission of
any act contrary to law, and wherever there is any conflict between any
provision contained herein and any present or future statute, law, ordinance or
regulation contrary to which the parties have no legal right to contract, the
latter shall prevail but the provision of this



                                        8

<PAGE>   9

Agreement which is affected shall be curtailed and limited only to the extent
necessary to bring it within the requirements of the law.

           17. Attorneys' Fees. In the event any action is instituted by a party
to enforce any of the terms and provisions contained herein, the prevailing
party in such action shall be entitled to such reasonable attorneys' fees, costs
and expenses as may be fixed by the Court.

           18. Modifications or Amendments. No amendment, change or modification
of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by all of the
parties hereto. Further, any amendment, change or modification of this Agreement
(including but not limited to the at-will nature of this Agreement as set forth
in Section 2 and Paragraph 11.1 hereof) must be approved in advance by the Board
of Directors of Company and reflected in the minutes of such Board's meetings or
in an action by unanimous written consent.

           19. Successors and Assigns. All of the terms and provisions contained
herein shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the parties
hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and
assigns.

           20. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire
understanding and agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter of
this Agreement, and any and all prior agreements (including, without
limitations, the Original Agreement), understandings or representations are
hereby terminated and canceled in their entirety and are of no further force or
effect.

           21. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts.

           22. Arbitration of Employment Disputes. Any dispute or controversy
arising out of this Agreement or the employment relationship between Employee
and the Company shall, at any time following the termination of Employee's
employment, be submitted to final and binding arbitration that shall comply with
the applicable arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association or the
Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Service ("JAMS")/Endispute, and judgment upon
the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having
jurisdiction thereof. The cost of arbitration (including reasonable attorneys'
fees) shall be borne by the losing party. The arbitration shall occur in Orange,
California and the parties hereby consent to the jurisdiction of the arbitrator
and to service of process. EMPLOYEE HEREBY UNDERSTANDS THAT, BY SIGNING THIS
AGREEMENT, SHE IS AGREEING TO HAVE ANY CLAIM HEREUNDER DECIDED BY NEUTRAL
ARBITRATION AND IS GIVING UP THE RIGHT TO A JURY OR COURT TRIAL.

           23. Survival of Certain Provisions. Sections 7, 8, 9, and 22 of this
Agreement shall survive the termination hereof.



                                        9

<PAGE>   10

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

EMPLOYEE:                                THE COMPANY:


                                         VANS, INC.,
                                         a Delaware corporation

                                         By:
- --------------------------------            ------------------------------------
       Sari K. Ratsula

- --------------------------------            ------------------------------------
       Address                                             Title



                                       10

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.15


                                   VANS, INC.

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

      THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT ("Agreement" herein) is entered into as of
March 10, 1997 by and between VANS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), and STEVEN J. VAN DOREN ("Employee"), with reference to the
following facts:

      A.    The Company and Employee are parties to an Employment Agreement,
dated June 15, 1994 (the "Original Agreement"); and

      B.    The parties wish to supersede the terms and conditions of the
Original Agreement and enter into a new Employment Agreement on the terms and
conditions stated herein.

      NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

      1.    Employment and Duties. The Company hereby employs Employee as Vice
President Promotions of the Company on the terms and subject to the conditions
contained in this Agreement. Employee shall be responsible for managing the
Company's promotional activities. Employee hereby accepts such employment and
agrees to perform in good faith and to the best of Employee's ability all
services which may be required of Employee hereunder, to do what is asked of
him, and to be available to render services at all times and places in
accordance with such directions, requests, rules and regulations made by the
Company in connection with Employee's employment. Employee hereby acknowledges
and understands the duties and services that are expected of him hereunder, and
he hereby represents that he has the experience and knowledge to perform such
duties and services. Employee shall, during the term hereof, devote Employee's
full time and energy to performing his duties. Employee shall report to the Vice
President - Marketing. Employee shall be based at the Company's corporate
offices. Employee understands, however, that Employee may be required to travel
within and out of the State of California to discharge his duties hereunder.

      2.    Term of Employment. The term of this Agreement shall commence as of
the date hereof and shall terminate on June 14, 2000, unless sooner terminated
as provided herein. This Agreement does not give Employee any enforceable right
to employment beyond this term, and Employee agrees that he shall have no rights
hereunder thereafter. AS PROVIDED FURTHER IN PARAGRAPH 11.1 BELOW, THIS
AGREEMENT CONSTITUTES AN EMPLOYMENT AT-WILL THAT MAY BE TERMINATED AT ANY TIME
BY COMPANY OR EMPLOYEE, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE, NOTWITHSTANDING THE TERM OF THIS
AGREEMENT. IF EMPLOYEE IS TERMINATED WITHOUT CAUSE DURING THE TERM HEREOF, OR
AFTER A "CHANGE IN MANAGEMENT OR CONTROL," AS DEFINED IN PARAGRAPH 11.5 BELOW,
OR TERMINATES THIS AGREEMENT FOR "GOOD REASON," AS DEFINED IN PARAGRAPH 11.3
BELOW, EMPLOYEE'S SOLE REMEDY SHALL BE THE COMPENSATION SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH
11.4 BELOW.


Initial___________                                            Initial___________
   Representative                                                     Employee
   of the Company


<PAGE>   2
      3.    Salary Compensation. As salary compensation for Employee's services
hereunder and all the rights granted hereunder by Employee to the Company, the
Company shall pay Employee a gross salary of no less than $122,000 per annum.
Employee's salary shall be payable in bi-weekly increments in accordance with
the Company's payroll practices for salaried employees, upon the condition that
Employee fully and faithfully performs Employee's services hereunder in
accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The Company shall
deduct and withhold from the compensation payable to Employee hereunder any and
all amounts required to be deducted or withheld by the Company under the
provisions of any statute, regulation, ordinance, or order and any and all
amendments hereinafter enacted requiring the withholding or deducting from
compensation payable to employees.

      4.    Expense Reimbursement. Employee shall be reimbursed by the Company
for all traveling, hotel, entertainment and other expenses that are properly and
necessarily incurred by Employee, pursuant to the Company's policies on the
same.

      5.    Death or Disability of Employee.

            5.1   General. In the event of Employee's death or "disability" (as
such term is defined in Paragraph 5.2 hereof) while in the employ of the
Company, this Agreement, and the compensation due to Employee pursuant to
Paragraph 3 hereof, shall terminate upon the date of death or disability and the
Company shall thereafter be required to make payments only to Employee, as
provided in Paragraph 11.2 hereof. If Employee shall recover from such
disability prior to the expiration date of the Agreement, this Agreement and
Employee's employment hereunder shall be reinstated for the balance of the term
of this Agreement.

            5.2   Definition of Disability. Employee shall be deemed disabled
if, in the sole opinion of the Company, Employee is unable to substantially
perform the services required of Employee hereunder for a period in excess of 60
consecutive work days or 60 work days during any 90 work day period. In such
event, Employee shall be deemed disabled as of such 60th work day.

      6.    Restrictive Covenant. During the term of this Agreement, Employee
shall (i) devote his full time and energy solely and exclusively to the
performance of his duties described herein; (ii) not directly or indirectly
provide services to or through any company or firm except the Company unless
otherwise instructed by the Company; (iii) not directly or indirectly own,
manage, operate, join, control, contribute to, or participate in the ownership,
management, operation or control of or be employed by or connected in any manner
with any enterprise which is engaged in any business competitive with or similar
to that of the Company; and (iv) not render any services of any kind or
character for Employee's own account of for any other person, firm or
corporation without first obtaining the Company's consent in writing; provided,
however, Employee shall have the right to perform such incidental services as
are


                                       2
<PAGE>   3
necessary in connection with Employee's (a) private passive investments where he
is not obligated or required to, and shall not in fact, devote any managerial
efforts, as long as such investments are not in companies which are in
competition in any way with the Company; or (b) charitable or community
activities, or in trade or professional organizations, provided that such
incidental services do not interfere with the performance of Employee's services
hereunder.

      7.    Non-Solicitation. Employee shall not, during the full term of this
Agreement and for a period of one (1) year thereafter, for himself or on behalf
of any other person, partnership, corporation or entity, directly or indirectly,
or by action in concert with others, solicit, induce, suggest or encourage any
person known to him to be an employee of the Company or any affiliate of the
Company to terminate his or her employment or other contractual relationship
with the Company or any of its affiliates.

      8.    Trade Secrets and Related Matters

            8.1   Definitions. For purpose of this Section 8:

                  (a)   "Records" means files, accounts, records, log books,
documents, drawings, sketches, designs, diagrams, models, plans, blueprints,
specifications, manuals, books, forms, notes, reports, memoranda, studies,
surveys, software, flow charts, data, computer programs, listing of source code,
calculations, recordings, catalogues, compilations of information,
correspondence, confidential data of customers and all copies, abstracts or
summaries of the foregoing in any storage medium, as well as instruments, tools,
storage devices, disks, equipment and all other physical items related to the
business of the Company (other than merely personal items of a general
professional nature), whether of a public nature or not, and whether prepared by
Employee or not.

                  (b)   "Trade Secrets" means confidential business or technical
information or trade secrets of the Company which Employee acquires while
employed by the Company, whether or not conceived of, developed or prepared by
Employee or at his direction and includes:

                        (i)   Any information or compilation of information
concerning the Company's financial position, financing, purchasing, accounting,
marketing, merchandising, sales, salaries, pricing, investments, costs, profits,
plans for future development, employees, prospective employees, research,
development, formulae, patterns, strategy, inventions, plans, specifications,
devices, products, procedures, processes, operations, techniques, software,
computer programs or data;

                        (ii)  Any information or compilation of information
concerning the identity, plans, requirements, preferences, practices and methods
of doing business on specific customers, suppliers, prospective customers and
prospective suppliers of the Company;


                                       3
<PAGE>   4
                        (iii) Any other information or "know how" which is
related to any product, process, service, business or research of the Company;
and

                        (iv)  Any information which the Company acquires from
another party and treats as its proprietary information or designates as
"Confidential," whether or not owned or developed by the Company.

      Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Trade Secrets" do not include any of the
following:

                        (i)   Information which is publicly known or which is
generally employed by the trade, whether on or after the date that Employee
first acquires the information;

                        (ii)  General information or knowledge which Employee
would have learned in the course of similar work elsewhere in the trade; or

                        (iii) Information which Employee can prove was known by
Employee before the commencement of Employee's engagement by the Company;

            8.2   Acknowledgments. Employee acknowledges that:

                  (a)   Employee's relationship with the Company will be a
confidential relationship in which Employee will have access to and may create
Trade Secrets.

                  (b)   The Company uses the Trade Secrets in its business to
obtain a competitive advantage over its competitors who do not know or use that
information.

                  (c)   The protection of the Trade Secrets against unauthorized
disclosure or use is of critical importance in maintaining the competitive
position of the Company.

            8.3   Protection of Trade Secrets. Employee shall not at any time,
without the prior written consent of the Company, which may be withheld by it in
its sole and absolute discretion, disclose any Trade Secret in any way except to
designated employees of the Company, and shall not use any Trade Secret in any
way except in connection with his or her duties to the Company.

            8.4   Records.

                  (a)   Ownership, All Records are and shall remain the
exclusive property of the Company.


                                       4
<PAGE>   5
                  (b)   Return of Records. At the termination of this Agreement,
Employee shall promptly return to the Company all records in Employee's
possession or over which Employee has control.

            8.5   Prohibited Use of Trade Secrets. During the term of this
Agreement and for 12 months following termination of this Agreement, Employee
shall not undertake any employment or consulting relationship (the "New
Activity") if the loyal and complete fulfillment of his or her duties in the New
Activity would inherently call upon Employee to reveal any Trade Secret.

      9.    Ownership of Material and Ideas. Employee agrees that all material,
ideas, and inventions pertaining to the business of the Company or of any client
of the Company, including but not limited to, all patents and copyrights thereon
and renewals and extensions thereof, trademarks and trade names, and the names,
addresses and telephone numbers of customers, distributors and sales
representatives of the Company, belong solely to the Company. Employee hereby
assigns any rights he may have to any such property to the Company, and agrees
to execute and deliver any documents which evidence such assignment.

      10.   Employee Plans, etc. Employee shall be entitled to participate, to
the same extent as most other officers of the Company, in any bonus compensation
plan, stock purchase or stock option plan, group life insurance plan, group
medical insurance plan and other compensation or employee benefit plans
(collectively, "Plans") which are generally available to a majority of the other
officers of the Company during the term hereof and for which Employee shall
qualify. Employee further understands, however, that the Board of Directors, or
such committee or person or persons designated by the Board of Directors, shall
determine in its sole discretion (i) whether any Plans are made available to a
majority of the officers of the Company; (ii) whether one or more Plans are
adopted solely for the Chief Executive Officer and/or one or more (but not a
majority) of the officers of the Company; (iii) whether one or more Plans are
made available to a majority of the officers; and (iv) the amounts payable or
the benefits provided thereunder to each participant in whole or in part.
Employee agrees and acknowledges that he has no vested interest in the
continuance of any Plan, and that no Plan in existence on the date of the
Agreement has acted as a material inducement to Employee in entering into this
Agreement.

      11.   Termination.

            11.1  "At Will" Employment. This Agreement, and Employee's
employment, is at will, and the Company may, with or without notice, terminate
this Agreement and all of the Company's obligations hereunder with or without
"Cause." Employee may also terminate this Agreement at any time, for any reason,
upon the giving of thirty (30) days' written notice to the Company; provided,
however, the Company may waive all or any portion of such notice period in its
sole and absolute discretion. Termination by the Company for "Cause" means
termination due to (i)


                                       5
<PAGE>   6
Employee's conviction of a felony (which, through the lapse of time or
otherwise is not subject to appeal); (ii) Employee's material refusal, failure
or neglect without proper cause to perform adequately his obligations under this
Agreement or follow the instructions of his supervisor(s); (iii) any negligence
or willful misconduct by Employee; (iv) Employee's material breach of any of his
fiduciary obligations as an executive officer of the Company; (v) Employee's
material failure to adhere to the code of conduct and rules set forth in the
Company's Employee Handbook, as amended or in existence from time to time; (vi)
the death or disability of Employee; or (vii) the voluntary termination by
Employee of his employment, except for "Good Reason" (as defined in Paragraph
11.3 hereof).

            11.2  Termination for Cause. Upon termination for Cause, the Company
shall only be required to pay Employee (i) accrued salary compensation due to
Employee as compensation for services rendered hereunder and not previously
paid; (ii) accrued vacation pay; and (iii) any appropriate business expenses
incurred by Employee in connection with his duties hereunder and approved
pursuant to Section 4 hereof, all through the date of termination. Employee
shall not be entitled to any severance compensation; bonus compensation, whether
"vested" or unvested; or any other compensation, benefits or reimbursement of
any kind.

            11.3  Termination for "Good Reason." Employee may terminate this
Agreement for "Good Reason" (as hereinafter defined) upon thirty (30) days
written notice to the Company. The term "Good Reason" means (i) Employee is not
appointed or is removed from the position of Vice President - Promotions without
Cause during the term of this Agreement; or (ii) without Employee's consent, a
majority of the duties defined in Section 1 hereof are removed from Employee's
responsibilities. The term Good Reason does not include a situation where
certain of the duties defined in Section 1 hereof are removed from Employee's
responsibilities and are replaced with duties which have greater responsibility
and/or authority than the duties which are removed. Unless Employee terminates
this Agreement within thirty (30) days of learning from any source that the
Company has acted so as to provide Good Reason for Employee to terminate this
Agreement, and gives thirty (30) days' written notice of such termination,
Employee's right to receive severance compensation pursuant to Paragraph 11.4
for such event shall be forever lost.

            11.4  Severance Compensation. In the event (i) Employee terminates
this Agreement for Good Reason in accordance with Paragraph 11.3 hereof; (ii)
Employee is terminated for any reason (except death or disability) upon, or
within six months following, a "Change in Management or Control (as such term is
defined in Paragraph 11.5 hereof);" or (iii) Employee is terminated without
Cause, the Company shall be obligated to pay severance compensation to Employee
in an amount equal to his salary compensation (at the rate payable at the time
of such termination) for a period of nine months from the date of termination;
provided, however, if Employee is employed by a new employer, or as a consultant
during such period, the severance compensation payable to Employee hereunder
shall be reduced by the amount of


                                       6
<PAGE>   7
compensation that Employee actually receives from the new employer, or as a
consultant. However, Employee shall have a duty to inform the Company that he
has obtained such new employment, and the failure to do so is a material breach
of this Agreement. In such event, the Company shall be entitled to (i) cease all
payments to Employee under this Paragraph 11.4; and (ii) recover any
unauthorized payments to Employee in an action for breach of contract.
Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, solely in the
event of a termination upon or following a Change in Management or Control, the
amount of severance compensation paid to Employee hereunder shall not include
any amount that the Company is prohibited from deducting for federal income tax
purposes by virtue of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, or any successor provision. In addition to the foregoing severance
compensation, the Company shall pay Employee (i) all compensation for services
rendered hereunder and not previously paid; (ii) accrued vacation pay; and (iii)
any appropriate business expenses incurred by Employee in connection with his
duties hereunder and approved pursuant to Section 4 hereof, all through the date
of termination. Employee shall not be entitled to any bonus compensation,
whether vested or unvested; or any other compensation, benefits or reimbursement
of any kind.

            11.5  Definition of "Change in Management or Control." The term
"Change in Management or Control" means (i) the time that the Company first
determines that any person and all other persons who constitute a group (within
the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
("Exchange Act")) have acquired direct or indirect beneficial ownership (within
the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of twenty percent (20%) or
more of the Company's outstanding securities, unless a majority of the
"Continuing Directors" (as such term is hereinafter defined) approves the
acquisition not later than ten (10) business days after the Company makes that
determination, or (ii) the first day on which a majority of the members of the
Company's Board of Directors are not "Continuing Directors." The term
"Continuing Directors" means, as of any date of determination, any member of the
Board of Directors of the Company who (i) was a member of that Board of
Directors on the date of this Agreement, (iii) has been a member of that Board
of Directors for the two years immediately preceding such date of determination,
or (iv) was nominated for election or elected to the Board of Directors with the
affirmative vote of the greater of (x) a majority of the Continuing Directors
who were members of the Board at the time of such nomination or election, or (y)
at least four Continuing Directors.

            11.6  Exclusive Remedy. The payments referred to in this Section 11
shall be exclusive and shall be the only remedy available to Employee for
termination of his employment with the Company, regardless of the circumstances,
reasons or motivation for any such termination. If Employee gives notice of
termination of this Agreement, or if it becomes known that this Agreement will
otherwise terminate in accordance with its provisions, the Company may, in its
sole discretion, relieve Employee of his duties under this Agreement or assign
Employee other duties and responsibilities to be performed until the termination
becomes effective.


                                       7
<PAGE>   8
      12.   Services Unique. It is agreed that the services to be rendered by
Employee hereunder are of a special, unique, unusual, extraordinary and
intellectual character which gives them a peculiar value, the loss of which
cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated in damages in an action at law
and that a breach by Employee of any of the provisions contained herein will
cause the Company irreparable injury and damage. Employee expressly agrees that
the Company shall be entitled to injunctive or other equitable relief to prevent
a breach hereof. Resort to any such equitable relief shall not be construed as a
waiver of any of the rights or remedies which the Company may have against
Employee for damages or otherwise.

      13.   Key Man Life Insurance. During the term of this Agreement, the
Company may at any time effect insurance on Employee's life and/or health in
such amounts and in such form as the Company may in its sole discretion decide.
Employee shall not have any interest in such insurance, but shall, if the
Company requests, submit to such medical examinations, supply such information
and execute such documents as may be required in connection with, or so as to
enable the Company to effect, such insurance.

      14.   Vacation. Employee shall have the right during each one year period
of the term of this Agreement to take an aggregate of three weeks of vacation,
with pay, at such times as are mutually convenient to Employee and to the
Company.

      15.   Notices. Any and all notices, demands or other communications
required or desired to be given hereunder by any party shall be in writing and
shall be validly given or made to another party if given by personal delivery,
telex, facsimile, telegram or if deposited in the United States mail, certified
or registered, postage prepaid, return receipt requested. If such notice, demand
or other communication is given by personal delivery, telex, facsimile or
telegram, service shall be conclusively deemed made at the time of such personal
service. If such notice, demand or other communication is given by mail, such
notice shall be conclusively deemed given forty-eight (48) hours after the
deposit thereof in the United States mail addressed to the party to whom such
notice, demand or other communication is to be given as hereinafter set forth:

              To the Company:    VANS, INC.
                                 2095 Batavia Street
                                 Orange, California 92865
                                 Attn: General Counsel
                                 (714) 974-4481 - facsimile

              To Employee:       Steven J. Van Doren 
                                 (at the address set forth below his signature)


                                       8
<PAGE>   9
Any party hereto may change his or its address for the purpose of receiving
notices, demands and other communications as herein provided by a written notice
given in the manner aforesaid to the other party or parties hereto.

      16.   Applicable Law and Severability. This Agreement shall, in all
respects, be governed by the laws of the State of California applicable to
agreements executed and to be wholly performed within the State of California.
Nothing contained herein shall be construed so as to require the commission of
any act contrary to law, and wherever there is any conflict between any
provision contained herein and any present or future statute, law, ordinance or
regulation contrary to which the parties have no legal right to contract, the
latter shall prevail but the provision of this Agreement which is affected shall
be curtailed and limited only to the extent necessary to bring it within the
requirements of the law.

      17.   Attorneys' Fees. In the event any action is instituted by a party to
enforce any of the terms and provisions contained herein, the prevailing party
in such action shall be entitled to such reasonable attorneys' fees, costs and
expenses as may be fixed by the Court.

      18.   Modifications or Amendments. No amendment, change or modification of
this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by all of the parties
hereto. Further, any amendment, change or modification of this Agreement
(including but not limited to the at-will nature of this Agreement as set forth
in Section 2 and Paragraph 11.1 hereof) must be approved in advance by the Board
of Directors of Company and reflected in the minutes of such Board's meetings or
in an action by unanimous written consent.

      19.   Successors and Assigns. All of the terms and provisions contained
herein shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the parties
hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and
assigns.

      20.   Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire
understanding and agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter of
this Agreement, and any and all prior agreements, understandings or
representations are hereby terminated and canceled in their entirety and are of
no further force or effect.

      21.   Counterparts, This Agreement may be executed in counterparts.

      22.   Arbitration of Employment Disputes. Any dispute or controversy
arising out of this Agreement or the employment relationship between Employee
and the Company shall, at any time following the termination of Employee's
employment, be submitted to final and binding arbitration that shall comply with
the applicable arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association or the
Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Service ("JAMS")/Endispute, and judgment upon
the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having
jurisdiction thereof. The cost of


                                       9
<PAGE>   10
arbitration (including reasonable attorneys' fees) shall be borne by the losing
party. The arbitration shall occur in Orange, California and the parties hereby
consent to the jurisdiction of the arbitrator and to service of process.
EMPLOYEE HEREBY UNDERSTANDS THAT, BY SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, HE IS AGREEING TO
HAVE ANY CLAIM HEREUNDER DECIDED BY NEUTRAL ARBITRATION AND IS GIVING UP THE
RIGHT TO A JURY OR COURT TRIAL.

      23.   Survival of Certain Provisions. Sections 7,8,9, and 22 of this
Agreement shall survive the termination hereof.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement
as of the day and year first above written.

EMPLOYEE:                              THE COMPANY:

                                       VANS, INC.,
                                       a Delaware corporation
_________________________              By:___________________
   Steven J. Van Doren

_________________________                 ___________________
        Address                                 Title


                                       10

<PAGE>   1

                                                                EXHIBIT 10.25.1


                               Amendment No. 1 to
                         Vans, Inc. Employment Agreement

      THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 ("Amendment" herein) to that certain Vans, Inc.
Employment Agreement, dated as of September 1, 1995, by and between Vans, Inc.
("Vans") and Gary H. Schoenfeld ("Mr. Schoenfeld") (the "Employment Agreement"),
is entered into as of April 24, 1997, with reference to the following facts:

      A.    The parties executed and delivered the Employment Agreement as of
September 1, 1995; and

      B.    On April 24, 1997, the Compensation Committee of the Board of
Directors of Vans approved certain amendments to the Employment Agreement; and

      C.    The parties wish to memorialize such amendments in this Amendment.

      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein,
the parties hereto hereby amend the Employment Agreement as follows:

      1.    The annual salary compensation of Mr. Schoenfeld shall be no less
than $350,000 per annum.

      2.    Notwithstanding the term of the Employment Agreement set forth in
Section 2 thereof, such term shall be automatically extended for successive
one-year periods unless written notice of the Company's intention not to extend
the term is given to Mr. Schoenfeld no later than six (6) months prior to the
end of such term, or extended term, as the case may be.

      3.    The severance compensation referenced in Section 11.4 of the
Employment Agreement is hereby modified to provide that Mr. Schoenfeld shall be
paid the greater of (i) one year's salary, or (ii) the aggregate balance of his
salary compensation through the end of the term of the Employment Agreement.

      4.    The definition of "Good Reason" in Section 11.3 of the Employment
Agreement is hereby modified to include any requirement by the Company that Mr.
Schoenfeld relocate his residence more than fifty (50) miles from his current
residence in Brentwood, California.

      Except as specifically set forth herein, the Employment Agreement shall
remain unmodified and in full force and effect.


<PAGE>   2
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the
date first above written.

Vans:                                  Mr.  Schoenfeld:

Vans, Inc.


By:__________________________          ____________________________
                                       Gary H. Schoenfeld
Title:_______________________


                                       2

<PAGE>   1

                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.48


                          STANDARD INDUSTRIAL SUBLEASE

                  American Industrial Real Estate Association

                                     [LOGO]

1.  PARTIES. This Sublease, dated, for reference purposes only,       March 25,
                                                                ----------------
1997, is made by and between VANS, INC.,  a Delaware corporation
                            ----------------------------------------------------
(herein called "Sublessor") and FRANK ZAMARRIPA, INC., a California
                                ------------------------------------------------
corporation, dba FRANK & SON TRUCKING AND WAREHOUSING
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(herein called "Sublessee").
2. PREMISES. Sublessor hereby subleases to Sublessee and Sublessee hereby
subleases from Sublessor for the Term, at the rental, and upon all of the
conditions set forth herein, that certain real property situated in the County
of   Los Angeles                 State of California, commonly known as 
  -----------------------------
19649 East San Jose Avenue, Industry, California            and described as
- ----------------------------------------------------------- 
set forth on Exhibit A. (See addendum)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Said real property, including the land and all improvements thereon, is
hereinafter called the "Premises".

3.  TERM.
        3.1  TERM. The term of this Sublease shall be for   a period
                                                         -----------------------
commencing on     July 1, 1997     and ending on       February 27, 2000
             ---------------------               -------------------------------
unless sooner terminated pursuant to any provision hereof.     SEE ADDENDUM

        3.2  DELAY IN COMMENCEMENT. Notwithstanding said commencement date, if
for any reason Sublessor cannot deliver possession of the Premisses to
Sublessee on said date, Sublessor shall not be subject to any liability
therefore, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease or the
obligations of Sublessee hereunder or extend the term hereof, but in such case
Sublessee shall not be obligated to pay rent until possession of the Premises
is tendered to Sublessee; provided, however, that if Sublessor shall not have
delivered possession of the Premises within sixty (60) days from said
commencement date, Sublessee may, at Sublessee's option, by notice in writing
to sublessor within ten (10) days thereafter, cancel this Sublease, in which
event the parties shall be discharged form all obligations thereunder. If
Sublessee occupies the Premises prior to said commencement date, such occupancy
shall be subject to all provisions hereof, such occupancy shall not advance the
termination date and Sublessee shall pay rent for such period at the initial
monthly rates set forth below.          SEE ADDENDUM

4.  RENT.  Sublessee shall pay to Sublessor as rent for the Premises equal
monthly payments of  $40,500     , in advance, on the    1st    day of each
                    -------------                     ---------
month of the term hereof. Sublessee shall pay Sublessor upon the execution
hereof $ 40,500   as rent for   the period of August 1, 1997 to August 31, 1997
        ---------            ---------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one month
shall be a prorata portion of the monthly installment. Rent shall be payable in
lawful money of the United States to Sublessor at the address stated herein or
to such other persons or at such other places a Sublessor may designate in
writing.

5.  SECURITY DEPOSIT.  Sublessee shall deposit with Sublessor upon execution
hereof $ 40,500     as security for Sublessee's faithful performance of
Sublessee's obligations hereunder. If Sublessee fails to pay rent or other
charges due hereunder, or otherwise defaults with respect to any provision of
this Sublease, Sublessor may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said
deposit for the payment of any rent or other charge in default or for the
payment of any other sum to which Sublessor may become obligated by reason of
Sublessee's default, or to compensate Sublessor for any loss or damage which
Sublessor may suffer thereby. If Sublessor so uses or applies all or any
portion of said deposit, Sublessee shall within ten (10) days after written
demand therefore deposit cash with Sublessor in an amount sufficient to restore
said deposit to the full amount hereinabove stated and Sublessee's failure to
do so shall be a material breach of this Sublease. Sublessor shall not be
required to keep said deposit separate from its general accounts. If Sublessee
performs all of Sublessee's obligations hereunder, said deposit, or so much
thereof as has not theretofore been applied by Sublessor, shall be returned,
without payment of interest or other increment for its use to Sublessee (or at
Sublessor's option, to the last assignee, if any, of Sublessee's interest
hereunder) at the expiration of the term hereof, and after Sublessee has
vacated the Premises. No trust relationship is created herein between Sublessor
and Sublessee with respect to said Security Deposit.

6.  USE.

        6.1  Use. The Premises shall be used and occupied only for  
warehouse and distribution and uses incidental thereto. (See addendum)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
and for no other purpose.

        6.2  COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.
             
             (b)  Sublease shall, at Sublessee's expense, comply promptly with
all applicable statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders, restrictions
of record, and requirements in effect during the term or any part of the term
hereof regulating the use by Sublessee of the Premises. Sublessee shall not use
or permit the use of the Premiss in any manner that will ten to create waste or
a nuisance or, if there shall be more than one tenant of the building containing
the Premises, which shall tend to disturb such other tenants.

        6.3  CONDITION OF PREMISES. Sublessee hereby accepts the Premises in
their condition existing as of the date of the execution hereof, subject to
all applicable zoning, municipal, county and state laws, ordinances, and
regulations governing and regulating the use of the premises, and accepts this
Sublease subject thereto and to all matters disclosed thereby and by any
exhibits attached hereto. Sublessee acknowledges that neither Sublessor nor
Sublessor's agents have made any representation or warranty as to the
suitability of the Premises for the conduct of Sublessee's business.

7.  MASTER LEASE

        7.1 Sublessor is the lessee of the Premises by virtue of a lease,
hereinafter referred to as the "Master Lease", a copy of which is attached
hereto marked Exhibit 1, dated   December 16,   1994  wherein APT - CABOT
                              -----------------   --         -------------------
California II, Inc., assignee of Glico Harmony Foods Corporation
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
is the lessor, hereinafter referred to as the "Master Lessor".

        7.2  This Sublease is and shall be at all times subject and subordinate
to the Master Lease.

        7.3  The terms, conditions and respective obligations of Sublessor and
Sublessee to each other under this Sublease shall be the terms and conditions
of the Master Lease except for those provisions of the Master Lease which are
directly contradicted by this Sublease in which event the terms of this
Sublease document shall control over the Master Lease. Therefore, for the
purposes of this Sublease, whereever in the Master Lease the word "Lessor" is
used it shall be deemed to mean the Sublessor herein and wherever in the Master
Lease the word ""Lessee" is used it shall be deemed to mean the Sublessee
herein. 

        7.4  During the term of this Sublease and for all periods subsequent for
obligations which have arisen prior to the termination of this Sublease,
Sublessee does hereby expressly assume and agree to perform and comply with,
for the benefit of Sublessor and Master Lessor, each and every obligation of
Sublessor under the Master Lease except for the following paragraphs which are
excluded therefrom:  Addendum Sections 1.4, 1.5, 39, 49
                   -------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>   2
        7.5 The obligations that Sublease has assumed under paragraph 7.4 hereof
are hereinafter referred to as the "Sublessee's Assumed Obligations". The
obligations that Sublessee has not assumed under paragraph 7.4 hereof are
hereinafter referred to as the "Sublessor's Remaining Obligations".
        7.6 Sublessee shall hold Sublessor free and harmless of and from all
liability, judgments, costs, damages, claims or demands, including reasonable
attorney's fees, arising out of Sublessee's failure to comply with or perform
Sublessee's Assumed Obligations.
        7.7 Sublessor agrees to maintain the Master Lease during the entire
term of this Sublease, subject, however, to any earlier termination of the
Master Lease without the fault of the Sublessor, and to comply with or perform
Sublessor's Remaining Obligations and to hold Sublessee free and harmless of
and from all liability, judgments, costs, damages, claims or demands arising
out of Sublessor's failure to comply with or perform Sublessor's Remaining
Obligations.
        7.8 Sublessor represents to Sublessee that the Master Lease is in full
force and effect and that no default exists on the part of any party to the
Master Lease.

8. Assignment of Sublease and Default.

        8.1 Sublessor hereby assigns and transfers to Master Lessor the
Sublessor's interest in this Sublease and all rentals and income arising
therefrom, subject however to terms of Paragraph 8.2 hereof.
        8.2 Master Lessor, by executing the Consent attached to this Sublease
agrees that until a default shall occur in the performance of Sublessor's
Obligations under the Master Lease, that Sublessor may receive, collect and
enjoy the rents accruing under this Sublease. However, if Sublessor shall
default in the performance of its obligations to Master Lessor then Master
Lessor may, at its option, receive and collect, directly from Sublessee, all
rent owing and to be owed under this Sublease. Master Lessor shall not, by
reason of this assignment of the Sublease nor by reason of the collection of
the rents from the Sublessee, be deemed liable to Sublessee for any failure of
the Sublessor to perform and comply with Sublessor's Remaining Obligations.
        8.3 Sublessor hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs Sublessee, upon
receipt of any written notice from the Master Lessor stating that a default
exists in the performance of Sublessor's obligations under the Master Lease, to
pay to Master Lessor the rents due and to become due under the Sublease.
Sublessor agrees that Sublessee shall have the right to rely upon any such
statement and request from Master Lessor, and that Sublessee shall pay such
rents to Master Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether
such default exists and notwithstanding any notice from or claim from Sublessor
to the contrary and Sublessor shall have no right or claim against Sublessee
for any such rents so paid by Sublessee.
        8.4 No changes or modifications shall be made to this Sublease without
the consent of Master Lessor.

9. Consent of Master Lessor.

        9.1 In the event that the Master Lease requires that Sublessor obtain
the consent of Master Lessor to any subletting by Sublessor then, this Sublease
shall not be effective unless, within 10 days of the date hereof, Master Lessor
signs this Sublease or, at Landlord's option, a separate Consent to be attached
to this Sublease, thereby giving its consent to this Subletting.
        
        9.3 In the event that Master Lessor does give such consent then:
                (a) Such consent will not release Sublessor of its obligations
or alter the primary liability of Sublessor to pay the rent and perform and
comply with all of the obligations of Sublessor to be performed under the
Master Lease.
                (b) The acceptance of rent by Master Lessor from Sublessee or
any one else liable under the Master Lease shall not be deemed a waiver by
Master Lessor of any provisions of the Master Lease.
                (c) The consent to this Sublease shall not constitute a consent
to any subsequent subletting or assignment.
                (d) In the event of any default of Sublessor under the Master
Lease, Master Lessor may proceed directly against Sublessor, any guarantors or
any one else liable under the Master Lease or this Sublease without first
exhausting Master Lessor's remedies against any other person or entity liable
thereon to Master Lessor.
                (e) Master Lessor may consent to subsequent sublettings and
assignments of the Master Lease or this Sublease or any amendments or
modifications thereto without notifying Sublessor nor any one else liable under
the Master Lease and without obtaining their consent and such action shall not
relieve such persons from liability.
                (f) In the event that Sublessor shall default in its
obligations under the Master Lease, then Master Lessor, at its option and
without being obligated to do so, may require Sublessee to attorn to Master
Lessor in which event Master Lessor shall undertake the obligations of
Sublessor under this Sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to
termination of this Sublease but Master Lessor shall not be liable for any
prepaid rents nor any security deposit paid by Sublessee, nor shall Master
Lessor be liable for any other defaults of the Sublessor under the Sublease.
        9.4 The signatures of the Master Lessor on a separate consent to be
attached to this Sublease and any Guarantors of Sublessor at the end of this
document shall constitute their consent to the terms of this Sublease.

        9.6 In the event that Sublessor defaults under its obligations to be
performed under the Master Lease by Sublessor, if such default is cured by
Sublessee then Sublessee shall have the right of reimbursement and offset from
and against Sublessor.

11. Attorney's fees. If any party or the Broker named herein brings an action
to enforce the terms hereof or to declare rights hereunder, the prevailing
party in any such action, on trial and appeal, shall be entitled to his
reasonable attorney's fees to be paid by the losing party as fixed by the
Court. The provision of this paragraph shall inure to the benefit of the Broker
named herein who seeks to enforce a right hereunder.

<PAGE>   3

12. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS. [If there are no additional provisions draw a line
from this point to the next printed word after the space left here. If there
are additional provisions place the same here.]


                                  SEE ADDENDUM

IF THIS SUBLEASE HAS BEEN FILLED IN IT HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR SUBMISSION TO YOUR
ATTORNEY FOR HIS APPROVAL. NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE
REAL ESTATE BROKER OR ITS AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY,
LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS SUBLEASE OR THE TRANSACTION RELATING
THERETO.


Executed at                                 VANS, INC.
            ----------------------------               -------------------------

on                                          By   [SIG], Vice Pres & Gen. Counsel
   -------------------------------------        --------------------------------

address                                     By
        --------------------------------        --------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------         "Sublessor" (Corporate Seal)
                                            FRANK ZAMARRIPA, INC., a California
                                            corporation, dba
                                            FRANK & SONS TRUCKING 
Executed at                                 AND WAREHOUSING
            ----------------------------    ------------------------------------

on                                          By   [SIG]
   -------------------------------------        --------------------------------

address                                     By
        --------------------------------        --------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------         "Sublessee" (Corporate Seal)


Executed at
            ----------------------------    ------------------------------------

on                                          By   [SIG]
   -------------------------------------        --------------------------------

address                                     By
        --------------------------------        --------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------       "Master Lessor" (Corporate Seal)


Executed at
            ----------------------------    ------------------------------------

on                                          By   [SIG]
   -------------------------------------        --------------------------------

address                                     By
        --------------------------------        --------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------                    "Guarantors"


                                                                   Form 401 778

For these forms call the American Industrial Real Estate Association,
(213) 687-8777
<PAGE>   4

                    ADDENDUM TO STANDARD INDUSTRIAL SUBLEASE
                                    BETWEEN
                      VANS, INC. and FRANK ZAMARRIPA, INC.
                           A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION,
                    DBA FRANK & SON TRUCKING AND WAREHOUSING

This Addendum is attached to and made a part of that certain Standard
Industrial Sublease between Vans, Inc. and Frank Zamarripa, Inc., a California
Corporation, dba Frank & Son Trucking and Warehousing. In the event of any
conflict between this Addendum and the printed form lease, this Addendum shall
control.

1.   On June 21, 1997, Sublessee shall have the right, without paying additional
     base rent hereunder, but subject to all the other provisions of this
     Sublease, to occupy and conduct business in approximately 50,000 square
     feet of warehouse and office space located in the Premises and graphically
     depicted on Exhibit B attached hereto. In the utilization of such warehouse
     and office space, both parties shall take all reasonable actions requested
     by the other so as not to interfere with the other's business being
     conducted in the Premises, including, without limitation, the activities of
     Sublessor in relocating its business from the Premises. Notwithstanding
     anything in paragraph 3.2 to the contrary, this Sublease is effective
     immediately and Sublessor shall deliver possession to Sublessee of the
     50,000 square feet as set forth in Exhibit B, together with allowing
     Sublessee full use of the premises restroom and parking facilities.
     Sublessee shall pay to Sublessor, on and after August 1, 1997, the
     percentage of Base Rent and other payments that the 50,000 square feet
     represents of the 126,722 square feet of the building until full possession
     is delivered, at which time the full amount of rent shall be paid.

2.   The advance rental payment of $40,500 payable by Sublessee to Sublessor
     upon execution of this Sublease pursuant to Section 4 of the Sublease
     shall be applied toward the rent coming due hereunder on August 1, 1997, it
     being the understanding of the parties that no base monthly rental payment
     shall be due for the period of July 1, 1997, through July 31, 1997;
     provided, however, Sublessee shall be responsible for all other payments
     and obligations coming due during such period, including, without
     limitation, its share of charges assessed by the Master Lessor for such
     period.

Sublessee's Initials: [SIG]             Sublessor's Initials: [SIG]
                      ---------                               ---------


                                       1
<PAGE>   5
3.      In addition to the warehouse and distribution uses set forth in Section
        6 of this Sublease, Sublessee has indicated to Sublessor that it is the
        practice of Sublessee to conduct trading card shows and sales of other
        collectibles. Sublessor hereby grants Sublessee the right to use the
        Premises for such purposes, together with all other legal uses, subject
        to such use being in accordance and in full compliance with all
        applicable governmental, zoning and other restrictions.

4.      Prior to the commencement date of the Sublease, Sublessor shall, at its
        sole cost and expense, remove all warehouse racking systems currently
        located at the Premises, clean all carpets located in the office area of
        the Premises, restore all in-rack fire sprinkler systems to standard
        warehouse height, and return the Premises, including walls, floor and
        roof due to removal of racking or other Sublessor property, to the
        condition required at lease termination. Sublessor shall indemnify and
        hold Sublessee harmless from any and all claims, damages and assessments
        arising under the Master Lease regarding the removal of racking and
        Sublessor property and damage to the premises therefrom.

5.      Notwithstanding anything in the Sublease to the contrary, Sublessee
        acknowledges that the Master Lease is a "triple-net" lease and by
        executing this Sublease, Sublessee is assuming all obligations of
        Sublessor occurring on and after Sublessee occupies the entire premises
        (other than as noted in this Sublease) under the Master Lease to perform
        all covenants and pay all impositions required to be paid by Sublessor
        under the Master Lease (other than the payment of Base Rent to the
        Master Lease which shall remain the obligation of the Sublessor).
        Accordingly, the rent payable to Sublessor hereunder shall be net of all
        charges and obligations due to the Master Landlord under the Master
        Lease (other than the payment of Base Rent). Sublessor represents there
        are no monetary or other defaults under the Master Lease as of the
        Sublease commencement date and shall indemnify and hold Sublessee
        harmless from any and all defaults and/or premises damage existing as of
        the date Sublessee takes over occupancy of the entire premises,
        including reasonable attorneys' fees in defending against any liability
        claims. The parties shall each pay their own attorneys' fees and other
        costs involved in negotiating the Sublease and Sublessor shall pay all
        costs, if any, of broker commissions for subleasing and to Master Lessor
        for negotiating the Sublease including, but not limited to, the $250.00
        set forth in the Master Lease, paragraph 12.2.


Sublessee's Initials:_______                      Sublessor's Initials:_______


                                       2
<PAGE>   6
6.      Except as set forth in this Addendum, all the terms and conditions in
        the Standard Industrial Sublease and Master Lease to which this is
        attached shall remain in full force and effect.

7.      a.      Sublessee agrees that for purposes of the Sublease, the
                insurance policy coverage in Master Lease paragraph 8.2 shall be
                $2,000,000.00 as opposed to $1,000,000.00. Upon occupancy of
                this entire premises, Sublessee insurance policy will provide
                coverage for insured contracts as to a lease of premises, which
                policy coverage Sublessee will not guarantee but will use its
                best efforts to maintain, through the Sublease term provided
                said coverage is commercially practical to maintain in
                Sublessee's sole discretion. If Sublessee's carrier will allow,
                Sublessee agrees to name as an additional insured on its policy
                Cabot Partners Limited Partnership.

b.              Sublessee shall provide to Master Lessor, for informational 
                purposes only, a Certificate of Insurance verifying Sublessee's
                Workers' Compensation insurance and automobile liability 
                insurance.



Sublessee's Initials:_______                     Sublessor's Initials:_______


                                       3
<PAGE>   7
                                  EXHIBIT "A"


Parcel 1:

Parcel 4 of Parcel Map No. 17674, in the City of Industry, County of Los
Angeles, State of California, as per map recorded in Book 195 Pages 63 to 66
inclusive of Parcel Maps, in the office of the County Recorder of said County.

Parcel 2:

A non-exclusive perpetual easement for ingress and egress of pedestrian
and vehicular travel and incidental drainage over and across that portion of
Parcel 3 of Parcel Map 17674, as shown on the map filed in Book 195 Pages 63
through 66 inclusive of Parcel Maps, in the office of the County Recorder of
said County, described as follows:

Beginning at the Southeast corner of said Parcel 3; thence along the Easterly
line of said Parcel 3, the following courses; North 6 degrees 41' 56" West
239.51 feet and North 26 degrees 37' 11" West 28.00 feet to a point on a curve,
concave Northwesterly having a radius of 1958.00 feet, said curve being
concentric with and Southeasterly 3.00 feet from the Northwesterly line of said
parcel 3, a radial line to said point bears South 26 degrees 37' 11" East;
thence Southwesterly 13.00 feet along said curve through a central angle of 0
degrees 22' 39" to a line parallel with and Westerly 13.00 feet from said
Easterly line, thence along said parallel line, the following courses; South 26
degrees 37' 11" East 25.76 feet and South 6 degrees 41' 50" East 237.23 feet to
the Southerly line of said Parcel 3; thence North 83 degrees 18' 04" East 13.00
feet along said Southerly line to the point of beginning, a disclosed within
that certain instrument entitled "Reciprocal Easement and Maintenance Agreement"
recorded April 1, 1988 as Instrument No. 88-447729 Official Records.
<PAGE>   8

                       FORMER VANS DISTRIBUTION FACILITY
            19649 East San Jose Avenue, City of Industry, California



                                  [STREET MAP]

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.59


                                   VANS, INC.

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

      THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT ("Agreement" herein) is entered into as of July
22, 1997 by and between VANS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and
RALPH SERNA ("Employee").

      1.    Employment and Duties. The Company hereby employs Employee as Vice
President -- Design of the Company on the terms and subject to the conditions
contained in this Agreement. Employee shall be responsible for managing all
aspects of the design of the Company's footwear products. Employee hereby
accepts such employment and agrees to perform in good faith and to the best of
Employee's ability all services which may be required of Employee hereunder, to
do what is asked of him, and to be available to render services at all times and
places in accordance with such directions, requests, rules and regulations made
by the Company in connection with Employee's employment. Employee hereby
acknowledges and understands the duties and services that are expected of him
hereunder, and he hereby represents that he has the experience and knowledge to
perform such duties and services. Employee shall, during the term hereof, devote
Employee's full time and energy to performing his duties. Employee shall report
to the Senior Vice President of Sales and Product Development. Employee shall be
based at the Company's corporate offices. Employee understands, however, that
Employee may be required to travel within and out of the State of California to
discharge his duties hereunder.

      2.    Term of Employment. The term of this Agreement shall commence as of
the date hereof and shall terminate on July 21, 2000, unless sooner terminated
as provided herein. This Agreement does not give Employee any enforceable right
to employment beyond this term, and Employee agrees that he shall have no rights
hereunder thereafter. AS PROVIDED FURTHER IN PARAGRAPH I 1.1 BELOW, THIS
AGREEMENT CONSTITUTES AN EMPLOYMENT AT-WILL THAT MAY BE TERMINATED AT ANY TIME
BY COMPANY OR EMPLOYEE, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE, NOTWITHSTANDING THE THREE-YEAR
TERM OF THIS AGREEMENT. IF EMPLOYEE IS TERMINATED WITHOUT CAUSE DURING THE TERM
HEREOF, OR AFTER A "CHANGE IN MANAGEMENT OR CONTROL," AS DEFINED IN PARAGRAPH
11.5 BELOW, OR TERMINATES THIS AGREEMENT FOR "GOOD REASON." AS DEFINED IN
PARAGRAPH 11.3 BELOW, EMPLOYEE'S SOLE REMEDY SHALL BE THE COMPENSATION SET FORTH
IN PARAGRAPH 11.4 BELOW.

Initial___________                                            Initial___________
   Representative                                                     Employee
   of the Company


<PAGE>   2
      3.    Salary Compensation. As salary compensation for Employee's services
hereunder and all the rights granted hereunder by Employee to the Company, the
Company shall pay Employee a gross salary of $135,000 per annum. Employee's
salary shall be payable in bi-weekly increments in accordance with the Company's
payroll practices for salaried employees, upon the condition that Employee fully
and faithfully performs Employee's services hereunder in accordance with the
terms and conditions of this Agreement. The Company shall deduct and withhold
from the compensation payable to Employee hereunder any and all amounts required
to be deducted or withheld by the Company under the provisions of any statute,
regulation, ordinance, or order and any and all amendments hereinafter enacted
requiring the withholding or deducting from compensation payable to employees.

      4.    Expense Reimbursement. Employee shall be reimbursed by the Company
for all traveling, hotel, entertainment and other expenses that are properly and
necessarily incurred by Employee, pursuant to the Company's policies on the
same.

      5.    Death or Disability of Employee.

            5.1   General. In the event of Employee's death or "disability" (as
such term is defined in Paragraph 5.2 hereof) while in the employ of the
Company, this Agreement, and the compensation due to Employee pursuant to
Paragraph 3 hereof, shall terminate upon the date of death or disability and the
Company shall thereafter be required to make payments only to Employee, as
provided in Paragraph 11.2 hereof. If Employee shall recover from such
disability prior to the expiration date of the Agreement, this Agreement and
Employee's employment hereunder shall be reinstated for the balance of the term
of this Agreement.

            5.2   Definition of Disability. Employee shall be deemed disabled
if, in the sole opinion of the Company, Employee is unable to substantially
perform the services required of Employee hereunder for a period in excess of 60
consecutive work days or 60 work days during any 90 work day period. In such
event, Employee shall be deemed disabled as of such 60th work day.

      6.    Restrictive Covenant. During the term of this Agreement, Employee
shall (i) devote his full time and energy solely and exclusively to the
performance of his duties described herein; (ii) not directly or indirectly
provide services to or through any company or firm except the Company unless
otherwise instructed by the Company; (iii) not directly or indirectly own,
manage, operate, join, control, contribute to, or participate in the ownership,
management, operation or control of or be employed by or connected in any manner
with any enterprise which is engaged in any business competitive with or similar
to that of the Company; and (iv) not render any services of any kind or
character for Employee's own account of for any other person, firm or
corporation without first obtaining the Company's consent in writing; provided,
however, Employee shall have the right to perform such incidental services as
are


                                       2
<PAGE>   3
necessary in connection with Employee's (a) private passive investments where he
is not obligated or required to, and shall not in fact, devote any managerial
efforts, as long as such investments are not in companies which are in
competition in any way with the Company; or (b) charitable or community
activities, or in trade or professional organizations, provided that such
incidental services do not interfere with the performance of Employee's services
hereunder.

      7.    Non-Solicitation. Employee shall not, during the full term of this
Agreement and for a period of one (1) year thereafter, for himself or on behalf
of any other person, partnership, corporation or entity, directly or indirectly,
or by action in concert with others, solicit, induce, suggest or encourage any
person known to him to be an employee of the Company or any affiliate of the
Company to terminate his or her employment or other contractual relationship
with the Company or any of its affiliates.

      8.    Trade Secrets and Related Matters

            8.1   Definitions. For purpose of this Section 8:

                  (a)   "Records" means files, accounts, records, log books,
documents, drawings, sketches, designs, diagrams, models, plans, blueprints,
specifications, manuals, books, forms, notes, reports, memoranda, studies,
surveys, software, flow charts, data, computer programs, listing of source code,
calculations, recordings, catalogues, compilations of information,
correspondence, confidential data of customers and all copies, abstracts or
summaries of the foregoing in any storage medium, as well as instruments, tools,
storage devices, disks, equipment and all other physical items related to the
business of the Company (other than merely personal items of a general
professional nature), whether of a public nature or not, and whether prepared by
Employee or not.

                  (b)   "Trade Secrets" means confidential business or technical
information or trade secrets of the Company which Employee acquires while
employed by the Company, whether or not conceived of, developed or prepared by
Employee or at his direction and includes:

                        (i)   Any information or compilation of information
concerning the Company's financial position, financing, purchasing, accounting,
marketing, merchandising, sales, salaries, pricing, investments, costs, profits,
plans for future development, employees, prospective employees, research,
development, formulae, patterns, inventions, plans, specifications, devices,
products, procedures, processes, operations, techniques, software, computer
programs or data;

                        (ii)  Any information or compilation of information
concerning the identity, plans, requirements, preferences, practices and methods
of doing business on specific customers, suppliers, prospective customers and
prospective suppliers of the Company;


                                       3
<PAGE>   4
                        (iii) Any other information or "know how" which is
related to any product, process, service, business or research of the Company;
and

                        (iv)  Any information which the Company acquires from
another party and treats as its proprietary information or designates as
"Confidential," whether or not owned or developed by the Company.

      Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Trade Secrets" do not include any of the
following:

                        (i)   Information which is publicly known or which is
generally employed by the trade, whether on or after the date that Employee
first acquires the information;

                        (ii)  General information or knowledge which Employee
would have learned in the course of similar work elsewhere in the trade; or

                        (iii) Information which Employee can prove was known by
Employee before the commencement of Employee's engagement by the Company;

            8.2   Acknowledgments. Employee acknowledges that:

                  (a)   Employee's relationship with the Company will be a
confidential relationship in which Employee will have access to and may create
Trade Secrets.

                  (b)   The Company uses the Trade Secrets in its business to
obtain a competitive advantage over its competitors who do not know or use that
information.

                  (c)   The protection of the Trade Secrets against unauthorized
disclosure or use is of critical importance in maintaining the competitive
position of the Company.

            8.3   Protection of Trade Secrets. Employee shall not at any time,
without the prior written consent of the Company, which may be withheld by it in
its sole and absolute discretion, disclose any Trade Secret in any way except to
employees of the Company, and shall not use any Trade Secret in any way except
in connection with his or her duties to the Company.

            8.4   Records.

                  (a)   Ownership, All Records are and shall remain the
exclusive property of the Company.


                                       4
<PAGE>   5
                  (b)   Return of Records. At the termination of this Agreement,
Employee shall promptly return to the Company all records in Employee's
possession or over which Employee has control.

            8.5   Prohibited Use of Trade Secrets. During the term of this
Agreement and for 12 months following termination of this Agreement, Employee
shall not undertake any employment or consulting relationship (the "New
Activity") if the loyal and complete fulfillment of his or her duties in the New
Activity would inherently call upon Employee to reveal any Trade Secret.

      9.    Ownership of Material and Ideas. Employee agrees that all material,
ideas, and inventions pertaining to the business of the Company or of any client
of the Company, including but not limited to, all patents and copyrights thereon
and renewals and extensions thereof, trademarks and trade names, and the names,
addresses and telephone numbers of customers, distributors and sales
representatives of the Company, belong solely to the Company. Employee hereby
assigns any rights he may have to any such property to the Company, and agrees
to execute and deliver any documents which evidence such assignment.

      10.   Employee Plans, etc. Employee shall be entitled to participate, to
the same extent as most other officers of the Company, in any bonus compensation
plan, stock purchase or stock option plan, group life insurance plan, group
medical insurance plan and other compensation or employee benefit plans
(collectively, "Plans") which are generally available to a majority of the other
officers of the Company during the term hereof and for which Employee shall
qualify. Employee further understands, however, that the Board of Directors, or
such committee or person or persons designated by the Board of Directors, shall
determine in its sole discretion (i) whether any Plans are made available to a
majority of the officers of the Company; (ii) whether one or more Plans are
adopted solely for the Chief Executive Officer and/or one or more (but not a
majority) of the officers of the Company; (iii) whether one or more Plans are
made available to a majority of the officers; and (iv) the amounts payable or
the benefits provided thereunder to each participant in whole or in part.
Employee agrees and acknowledges that he has no vested interest in the
continuance of any Plan, and that no Plan in existence on the date of the
Agreement has acted as a material inducement to Employee in entering into this
Agreement.

      11.   Termination.

            11.1  "At Will" Employment. This Agreement, and Employee's
employment, is at will, and the Company may, with or without notice, terminate
this Agreement and all of the Company's obligations hereunder with or without
"Cause." Employee may also terminate this Agreement at any time, for any reason,
upon the giving of thirty (30) days' written notice to the Company; provided,
however, the Company may waive all or any portion of such notice period in its
sole and absolute discretion. Termination by the Company for "Cause" means
termination due to (i)


                                       5
<PAGE>   6
Employee's conviction of a felony (which, through the lapse of time or
otherwise is not subject to appeal); (ii) Employee's material refusal, failure
or neglect without proper cause to perform adequately his obligations under this
Agreement or follow the instructions of his supervisor(s); (iii) any negligence
or willful misconduct by Employee; (iv) Employee's material breach of any of his
fiduciary obligations as an executive officer of the Company; (v) Employee's
material failure to adhere to the code of conduct and rules set forth in the
Company's Employee Handbook, as amended or in existence from time to time; (vi)
the death or disability of Employee; or (vii) the voluntary termination by
Employee of his employment, except for "Good Reason" (as defined in Paragraph
11.3 hereof).

            11.2  Termination for Cause. Upon termination for Cause, the Company
shall only be required to pay Employee (i) accrued salary compensation due to
Employee as compensation for services rendered hereunder and not previously
paid; (ii) accrued vacation pay; and (iii) any appropriate business expenses
incurred by Employee in connection with his duties hereunder and approved
pursuant to Section 4 hereof, all through the date of termination. Employee
shall not be entitled to any severance compensation; bonus compensation, whether
"vested" or unvested; or any other compensation, benefits or reimbursement of
any kind.

            11.3  Termination for "Good Reason." Employee may terminate this
Agreement for "Good Reason" (as hereinafter defined) upon thirty (30) days
written notice to the Company. The term "Good Reason" means (i) Employee is not
appointed or is removed from the position of Vice President - Design without
Cause during the term of this Agreement; or (ii) without Employee's consent, a
majority of the duties defined in Section 1 hereof are removed from Employee's
responsibilities. The term Good Reason does not include a situation where
certain of the duties defined in Section 1 hereof are removed from Employee's
responsibilities and are replaced with duties which have greater responsibility
and/or authority than the duties which are removed. Unless Employee terminates
this Agreement within thirty (30) days of learning from any source that the
Company has acted so as to provide Good Reason for Employee to terminate this
Agreement, and gives thirty (30) days' written notice of such termination,
Employee's right to receive severance compensation pursuant to Paragraph 11.4
for such event shall be forever lost.

            11.4  Severance Compensation. In the event (i) Employee terminates
this Agreement for Good Reason in accordance with Paragraph 11.3 hereof; (ii)
Employee is terminated for any reason (except death or disability) upon, or
within six months following, a "Change in Management or Control (as such term is
defined in Paragraph 11.5 hereof);" or (iii) Employee is terminated without
Cause, the Company shall be obligated to pay severance compensation to Employee
in an amount equal to his salary compensation (at the rate payable at the time
of such termination) for a period of the lesser of (i) the remaining portion of
the term of this Agreement, or (ii) six (6) months from the date of termination;
provided, however, if Employee is employed by a new employer, or as a consultant
during such period, the severance compensation


                                       6
<PAGE>   7
payable to Employee hereunder shall be reduced by the amount of compensation
that Employee actually receives from the new employer, or as a consultant.
However, Employee shall have a duty to inform the Company that he has obtained
such new employment, and the failure to do so is a material breach of this
Agreement. In such event, the Company shall be entitled to (i) cease all
payments to Employee under this Paragraph 11.4; and (ii) recover any
unauthorized payments to Employee in an action for breach of contract.
Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, solely in the
event of a termination upon or following a Change in Management or Control, the
amount of severance compensation paid to Employee hereunder shall not include
any amount that the Company is prohibited from deducting for federal income tax
purposes by virtue of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, or any successor provision. In addition to the foregoing severance
compensation, the Company shall pay Employee (i) all compensation for services
rendered hereunder and not previously paid; (ii) accrued vacation pay; and (iii)
any appropriate business expenses incurred by Employee in connection with his
duties hereunder and approved pursuant to Section 4 hereof, all through the date
of termination. Employee shall not be entitled to any bonus compensation,
whether vested or unvested; or any other compensation, benefits or reimbursement
of any kind.

            11.5  Definition of "Change in Management or Control." The term
"Change in Management or Control" means (i) the time that the Company first
determines that any person and all other persons who constitute a group (within
the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
("Exchange Act")) have acquired direct or indirect beneficial ownership (within
the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of twenty percent (20%) or
more of the Company's outstanding securities, unless a majority of the
"Continuing Directors" (as such term is hereinafter defined) approves the
acquisition not later than ten (10) business days after the Company makes that
determination, or (ii) the first day on which a majority of the members of the
Company's Board of Directors are not "Continuing Directors." The term
"Continuing Directors" means, as of any date of determination, any member of the
Board of Directors of the Company who (i) was a member of that Board of
Directors on the date of this Agreement, (iii) has been a member of that Board
of Directors for the two years immediately preceding such date of determination,
or (iv) was nominated for election or elected to the Board of Directors with the
affirmative vote of the greater of (x) a majority of the Continuing Directors
who were members of the Board at the time of such nomination or election, or (y)
at least four Continuing Directors.

            11.6  Exclusive Remedy. The payments referred to in this Section 11
shall be exclusive and shall be the only remedy available to Employee for
termination of his employment with the Company, regardless of the circumstances,
reasons or motivation for any such termination. If Employee gives notice of
termination of this Agreement, or if it becomes known that this Agreement will
otherwise terminate in accordance with its provisions, the Company may, in its
sole discretion, relieve Employee of his duties under this Agreement or assign
Employee other duties and responsibilities to be performed until the termination
becomes effective.


                                       7
<PAGE>   8
      12.   Services Unique. It is agreed that the services to be rendered by
Employee hereunder are of a special, unique, unusual, extraordinary and
intellectual character which gives them a peculiar value, the loss of which
cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated in damages in an action at law
and that a breach by Employee of any of the provisions contained herein will
cause the Company irreparable injury and damage. Employee expressly agrees that
the Company shall be entitled to injunctive or other equitable relief to prevent
a breach hereof. Resort to any such equitable relief shall not be construed as a
waiver of any of the rights or remedies which the Company may have against
Employee for damages or otherwise.

      13.   Key Man Life Insurance. During the term of this Agreement, the
Company may at any time effect insurance on Employee's life and/or health in
such amounts and in such form as the Company may in its sole discretion decide.
Employee shall not have any interest in such insurance, but shall, if the
Company requests, submit to such medical examinations, supply such information
and execute such documents as may be required in connection with, or so as to
enable the Company to effect, such insurance.

      14.   Vacation. Employee shall have the right during each one year period
of the term of this Agreement to take an aggregate of three weeks of vacation,
with pay, at such times as are mutually convenient to Employee and to the
Company.

      15.   Notices. Any and all notices, demands or other communications
required or desired to be given hereunder by any party shall be in writing and
shall be validly given or made to another party if given by personal delivery,
telex, facsimile, telegram or if deposited in the United States mail, certified
or registered, postage prepaid, return receipt requested. If such notice, demand
or other communication is given by personal delivery, telex, facsimile or
telegram, service shall be conclusively deemed made at the time of such personal
service. If such notice, demand or other communication is given by mail, such
notice shall be conclusively deemed given forty-eight (48) hours after the
deposit thereof in the United States mail addressed to the party to whom such
notice, demand or other communication is to be given as hereinafter set forth:

              To the Company:    VANS, INC.
                                 15700 Shoemaker Avenue
                                 Santa Fe Springs, California 90670
                                 Attn: General Counsel
                                 562/565-8402 facsimile
       
              To Employee:       Ralph Serna
                                 (at the address set forth below his signature)


                                       8
<PAGE>   9
Any party hereto may change his or its address for the purpose of receiving
notices, demands and other communications as herein provided by a written notice
given in the manner aforesaid to the other party or parties hereto.

      16.   Applicable Law and Severability. This Agreement shall, in all
respects, be governed by the laws of the State of California applicable to
agreements executed and to be wholly performed within the State of California.
Nothing contained herein shall be construed so as to require the commission of
any act contrary to law, and wherever there is any conflict between any
provision contained herein and any present or future statute, law, ordinance or
regulation contrary to which the parties have no legal right to contract, the
latter shall prevail but the provision of this Agreement which is affected shall
be curtailed and limited only to the extent necessary to bring it within the
requirements of the law.

      17.   Attorneys' Fees. In the event any action is instituted by a party to
enforce any of the terms and provisions contained herein, the prevailing party
in such action shall be entitled to such reasonable attorneys' fees, costs and
expenses as may be fixed by the Court.

      18.   Modifications or Amendments. No amendment, change or modification of
this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by all of the parties
hereto. Further, any amendment, change or modification of this Agreement
(including but not limited to the at-will nature of this Agreement as set forth
in Section 2 and Paragraph 11.1 hereof) must be approved in advance by the Board
of Directors of Company and reflected in the minutes of such Board's meetings or
in an action by unanimous written consent.

      19.   Successors and Assigns. All of the terms and provisions contained
herein shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the parties
hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and
assigns.

      20.   Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire
understanding and agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter of
this Agreement, and any and all prior agreements, understandings or
representations are hereby terminated and canceled in their entirety and are of
no further force or effect.

      21.   Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts.

      22.   Arbitration of Employment Disputes. Any dispute or controversy
arising out of this Agreement or the employment relationship between Employee
and the Company shall, at any time following the termination of Employee's
employment, be submitted to final and binding arbitration that shall comply with
the applicable arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association or the
Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Service ("JAMS")/Endispute, and judgment upon
the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having
jurisdiction thereof. The cost of


                                       9
<PAGE>   10
arbitration (including reasonable attorneys' fees) shall be borne by the losing
party. The arbitration shall occur in Orange, California and the parties hereby
consent to the jurisdiction of the arbitrator and to service of process.
EMPLOYEE HEREBY UNDERSTANDS THAT, BY SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, HE IS AGREEING TO
HAVE ANY CLAIM HEREUNDER DECIDED BY NEUTRAL ARBITRATION AND IS GIVING UP THE
RIGHT TO A JURY OR COURT TRIAL.

      23.   Survival of Certain Provisions. Sections 7,8,9, and 22 of this
Agreement shall survive the termination hereof.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement
as of the day and year first above written.

EMPLOYEE:                              THE COMPANY:

                                       VANS, INC.,
                                       a Delaware corporation
_________________________              By:___________________
          Name

_________________________                 ___________________
        Address                                 Title


                                       10

<PAGE>   1
                                                                EXHIBIT 10.60


                            INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

       This Agreement is made as of July 8, 1997, by and among The Zone
Network, Inc., a Washington corporation (the "Company"), Vans, Inc. a Delaware
corporation (the "Investor"), and the following holders of shares ("Shares") of
the Company's Common Stock ("Common Stock"): Skip Franklin, Greg Prosl, and Todd
Tibbets (each a "Founder" and collectively, the "Founders"). The term "Company
Securities" as used herein includes Shares, warrants to purchase Shares
("Warrants"), stock options ("Options") and any other security issued by the
Company convertible into Common Stock.

                                    RECITALS

       A. As of the date of this Agreement, the Founders are the owners of
Shares and the Investor is purchasing Shares pursuant to a subscription
agreement between the Company and the Investor dated as of the date hereof (the
"Subscription Agreement").

      B. The Company, the Investor and the Founders desire to enter into an
agreement setting forth certain rights and obligations relating to the ownership
of Company Securities.

       NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration the receipt and
sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                                    AGREEMENT

      1.   Election of Directors.

               1.1 Voting of Shares. Provided the Investor has not assigned or
otherwise transferred more than fifty percent (50%) of the Shares it purchased
pursuant to the Subscription Agreement, the Founders and their "affiliates," as
that term is defined under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act") shall vote the Shares owned by them, or as to which they have
voting power, pursuant to the provisions of this Section 1.

               1.2 Election of Directors. In elections of directors of the
Company, the Founders and their affiliates shall vote their Shares for one
candidate designated by the Investor, which the Company shall take all necessary
steps to nominate. The Founders hereby represent that they beneficially own, or
have voting control over, in the aggregate, no less than forty-one percent (41%)
of the outstanding voting securities of the Company. The total number of
directors shall be fixed at seven. The Founders shall take all actions to ensure
that the Company's Bylaws are amended to fix the number of directors at seven
and to remain at that number.

               1.3 Removal or Resignation of Director and Vacancies. If a
vacancy occurs on the Board due either to the removal or the resignation of the
director elected in accordance with Section 1.2 above, the remaining directors
shall elect a nominee of the Investor. If the remaining directors fail for any
reason to elect such designee, the Founders and their affiliates shall cause a
shareholders' meeting to be held at the earliest practicable date, at which
meeting they shall vote, pursuant to this Agreement, all Shares for such
designee.



                                      -1-
<PAGE>   2

               1.4 Additional Parties. The Company shall not issue any Shares to
any party who would have voting control or legal or beneficial ownership of any
of the Company's voting securities in such an amount that would reduce the
aggregate beneficial ownership of the voting securities held by the parties to
this Agreement to less than 51% of the total outstanding voting securities of
the Company unless such party becomes a party to an agreement that requires such
party to vote all its voting securities in favor of the election of directors as
established by this Agreement, or unless otherwise approved in writing by the
Investor.

      2.   Right of First Offer.

               2.1 Each time the Company proposes to sell Company Securities,
the Company shall give written notice ("Issue Notice") to the Investor at least
thirty (30) days prior to the closing of such proposed sale. The Issue Notice
shall describe in reasonable detail the proposed sale of Company Securities,
including, without limitation, the number and type of Company Security proposed
to be sold, the consideration to be paid, and the names of proposed offerees, if
known. The Investor shall have the right, exercisable upon written notice to the
Company within fifteen (15) business days after receipt of the Notice, to
purchase Company Securities in such sale on the same terms and conditions as
those being proposed. The Investor may elect to purchase pursuant to the Issue
Notice up to that amount of Company Securities which, when taken together with
the other Company Securities of the Company owned by the Investor, gives the
Investor the same percentage of the outstanding Common Stock and securities
convertible into Common Stock as the Investor shall have immediately prior to
such issuance of Company Securities.

               2.2 The Investor shall effect its participation in the sale by
delivering to the Company at closing of such sale payment in the amount of the
consideration required to purchase the Company Securities determined in
accordance with Section 2.1 above.

               2.4 The exercise or non-exercise of the rights to participate in
one or more sales of Company Securities made by the Company shall not adversely
affect the Investor's rights to participate in subsequent sales of Company
Securities pursuant to this Section 2.

               2.5 Upon compliance with the terms of this Agreement and absent
any material changes in the terms or conditions of sale from the terms or
conditions specified in the Issue Notice, the Company shall have the right to
sell Company Securities with respect to which such right of first offer was not
exercised upon substantially the terms and conditions (including, without
limitation, the purchase price) specified in the Issue Notice.

               2.6 Exempt transfers. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
provisions of Sections 2.1 through 2.5 shall not apply to (a) the sale of
Company Securities pursuant to the exercise of Warrants or Options or the
otherwise conversion into Shares of any outstanding Company Security; (b) the
sale of Company Securities to the public pursuant to a firm commitment
underwritten offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed
with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission under
the Securities Act; (c) the transfer of any Company Security pursuant to any
stock incentive plan then currently in affect, or (d) the transfer of any
Company Securities to a party's spouse, lineal ancestors or descendants, whether
or not by the laws of devise and descent, provided the recipient holds such
Company Security subject to the terms of this Agreement and executes a
counterpart signature page to this Agreement evidencing his or her consent to be
bound by its terms.



                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3

      3.   "Piggy-Back "Registration.

               3.1  Certain Definitions.

                      (a) The term "register," "registered," and "registration"
refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration
statement or similar document in compliance with the Securities Act, and the
declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or
document;

                      (b) The term "Registrable Securities" means the (i) the
Common Stock of the Company (including the Common Stock of the Company issuable
or issued upon exercise of Warrants or Options) and (ii) any Common Stock of the
Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any Warrant,
right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution
with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, such Common Stock,
excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a person in
a transaction in which its rights under this Agreement are not assigned;

                      (c) The number of shares of "Registrable Securities then
outstanding" shall be determined by the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding which are, and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable
pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities which are, Registrable
Securities; and

                      (d) The term "Holder" means the Investor and any person
owning or having the right to acquire Registrable Securities who is a party to
this Agreement as of the date hereof or who may be added as a party hereto
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and any assignee thereof in accordance
with Section 3.11.

               3.2 Company Registration. If (but without any obligation to do
so) the Company proposes to register any Company Security under the Securities
Act (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities to
participants in a Company employee stock plan) then the Company will, each such
time, at least thirty days prior to the time of such proposed registration, give
written notice of such registration to each Holder. Upon the written request of
each Holder given within 15 days after mailing of such notice by the Company,
the Company shall, subject to the provisions of this Section 3, cause to be
included in the registration statement proposed to be filed by the Company under
the Securities Act the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has
requested to be registered, all to the extent requisite to permit the sale or
other disposition of such securities by each such Holder.

               3.3 Obligations of the Company. Whenever effecting the
registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously
as reasonably possible:

                      (a) Furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of a
prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the
requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may
reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable
Securities owned by them.

                      (b) Use its best efforts to register and qualify the
securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or
Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonable, provided that the
Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto
to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in
any such states or jurisdictions.

                      (c) In the event of any underwritten public offering,
enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual
and customary form, with the 



                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4

managing underwriter of such offering. Each Holder shall also enter into and
perform its obligations under such an agreement.

                      (d) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered
by such registration statement, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto
covered by such registration statement is required to be delivered under the
Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the
prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes
an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.

               3.4 Furnish Information. It shall be a condition precedent to the
obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 3 with
respect to any selling Holder that such selling Holder shall furnish to the
Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it
and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be reasonably
required to effect the registration of its Registrable Securities and to execute
such documents in connection with such registration as the Company may
reasonably request.

               3.5 Expenses of Registration. The Company shall bear and pay all
expenses incurred in connection with any registration, filing or qualification
of Registrable Securities for the Holders, including, without limitation, all
registration, filing and qualification fees, printing and accounting fees, and
the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; provided, however, that
the Company shall have no obligation to pay or otherwise bear (i) any portion of
the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Holders in connection with the
registration or (ii) any portion of the underwriters' commission or discounts
attributable to the Registrable Securities being offered and sold by the
Holders.

               3.6 Underwriting Requirements. The Company shall not be required
under Section 3 to include any of the Holders' securities in an underwritten
offering of the Company's securities unless such Holders accept the terms of the
underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by
it, assuming usual and customary underwriting terms.

               3.7 Underwriter's Limitation. Notwithstanding Section 3.2, if the
representative of the underwriters advises the Company that it is such
representative's opinion that the inclusion of some or all of the Registrable
Securities will materially and adversely affect the success of the offering, the
representative may, subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 3,
exclude all Registrable Securities from, or limit the number of Registrable
Securities to be included in, the registration and underwriting. The Holders may
be excluded if the underwriters make the determination described above and
provided no other shareholder's securities are included. If the underwriters
determine that a limitation is necessary (i.e., that not all of the Holders
shares requested to be registered should be registered), then the number of
shares of securities that are entitled to be included in the registration and
underwriting shall be the maximum number of Holders' Shares that the
underwriters believe will not materially and adversely affect the success of the
offering (the securities so included to be apportioned pro rata among the
selling Holders according to the total amount of securities otherwise entitled
to be included therein owned by each selling Holder or in such other proportion
as shall mutually be agreed to by such selling Holders).

               3.8 Delay of Registration. The Holders shall not have any right
to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such
registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to
the interpretation or implementation of this Agreement.

               3.9 Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are
included in a registration statement under this Agreement:



                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5

                      (a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will
indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the officers, directors, partners,
agents and employees of each such Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the
Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such
Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "l934 Act"), against any losses, claims,
damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under
the Securities Act, the 1934 Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such
losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out
of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations
(collectively, a "Violation"): (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including
any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any
amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to
state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to
make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged
violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the 1934 Act, any state
securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act,
the 1934 Act or any state securities law; and the Company will reimburse each
such Holder, underwriter or controlling person for any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any
such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the
indemnity agreement contained in this Section 3.9(a) shall not apply to amounts
paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such
settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall
not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable in any such case
for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it
arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in
conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection
with such registration by, or on behalf of, any such Holder, underwriter or
controlling person.

                      (b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder
will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its officers, directors,
agents or employees, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the
meaning of the Securities Act, and any underwriter and any other Holder selling
securities in such registration statement or any person who controls such
Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to
which the Company or any such director, agent, employee, officer, controlling
person, or underwriter, or other such Holder, director, officer, agent, employee
or controlling person may become subject, under the Securities Act, the 1934 Act
or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any
Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such
Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information
furnished by, or on behalf of, such Holder expressly for use in connection with
such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any legal or other
expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such agent, employee,
director, officer, controlling person, or underwriter or other Holder, in
connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage,
liability or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained
in this Section 3.9(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such
loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without
the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and
provided, further, that each Holder shall be liable under this Section 3.9(b)
for only that amount of losses, claims, damages and liabilities as does not
exceed the net proceeds to such Holder as a result of such registration.

                      (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under
this Section 3.9 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any
governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof
is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 3.9 deliver to
the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the
indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent
the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party
similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually
satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party shall
have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses 



                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6

to be paid by the indemnifying party, if, in the opinion of counsel for the
indemnifying party, representation of such indemnified party by the counsel
retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or
potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party
represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written
notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable period of time of the
commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any
liability to the indemnified party under this Section 3.9 to the extent
materially prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, but the omission so
to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any
liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this
Section 3.9.

               3.10 Reports Under the Securities Act. With a view to making
available to the Holders the benefits of SEC Rule 144 promulgated under the
Securities Act and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time
permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without
registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:

                      (a) make and keep public information available, as those
terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after 90 days
after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the
Company for the offering of its securities to the general public;

                      (b) take such action, including the voluntary registration
of its Common Stock under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, as is necessary to enable
the Holders to utilize Form S-3 for the sale of their Registrable Securities,
such action to be taken as soon as practicable after the end of the fiscal year
in which the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering
of its securities to the general public is declared effective,

                      (c) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and
other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the l934
Act, and

                      (d) furnish to the any Holder, so long as the Holder owns
any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request, (i) a written statement by
the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirement of Rule 144 (at
any time after 90 days after the effective date of the first registration
statement filed by the Company), the Securities Act and the 1934 Act (at any
time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), (ii) a copy of
the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports
and documents so filed by the Company, and (iii) such other information as may
be reasonably requested in availing the any Holder of any rule or regulation of
the SEC which permits the selling of any securities without registration.

               3.11 Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to register
Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 3 may be assigned by a Holder
provided the transferee holds such securities subject to the terms of this
Agreement and executes a counterpart signature page to this Agreement evidencing
his, her or its consent to be bound by its terms. A transferee or assignee of
such securities shall, upon such transfer or assignment, be deemed a "Holder"
under this Agreement, provided the Company is, within a reasonable period of
time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address
of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such
registration rights are being assigned; provided, further, that such assignment
shall be effective only if immediately following such transfer the further
disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under
the Securities Act.

               3.12 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and
after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the majority
vote of the Company Securities held by the Holders, enter into any agreement
with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company giving
such holder or prospective holder any registration rights the terms of which are
more favorable than the Registration Rights granted to the Holders hereunder.



                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7

               3.13 "Market Stand-Off" Agreement. If the representative of the
underwriters advises the Company that it is such representative's opinion that
the success of the offering or the price per share of Company Securities
subsequent to the offering will or is likely to be materially and adversely
affected without some limitations placed on the sale, transfer or other
disposition of any Registrable Securities, each Holder agrees to enter into a
reasonable "market stand-off" agreement limiting the Holder's right to sell or
otherwise transfer or dispose (other than to donees who agree to be similarly
bound) of any Registrable Securities for up to 120 days following the effective
date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act;
provided, however, that all officers and directors of the Company and all other
persons with registration rights (whether or not pursuant to this Agreement)
enter into similar agreements. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the
Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable
Securities of the Holders (and the shares or securities of every other person
subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

        3.14 Termination of Registration Rights. Notwithstanding Section 5 of
this Agreement, the rights set forth in this Section 3 shall terminate five
years after the closing of a bona fide, underwritten public offering of the
Company's Common Stock registered under the Securities Act.

      4. Legends. The parties to this Agreement agree that the Company may
instruct its transfer agent to impose transfer restrictions on the shares
represented by certificates bearing the following legend to enforce the
provisions of this Agreement, and the Company agrees to do so promptly. The
legend shall be removed upon termination of this Agreement. Each certificate
representing Shares shall bear the following legend until such time as the
Shares represented thereby are no longer subject to the provisions of this
Agreement:

          These shares are subject to certain voting restrictions by virtue of a
          Investor Rights Agreement dated as of July 8, 1997, as at any time
          amended, a copy of which is on file at the offices of the Company. In
          addition to the above, the sale, pledge, hypothecation or transfer of
          the securities represented by this certificate is subject to the terms
          and conditions of such Agreement.

      5. Termination. This Agreement shall terminate in its entirety upon the
earlier of (a) ten years from the date hereof; (b) the closing of a public
offering of the Common Stock registered under the Securities Act resulting in
aggregate proceeds to the Company of at least $10,000,000; or (c) the closing of
the sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets or the acquisition
of the Company by another entity by means of merger or consolidation resulting
in the exchange of the outstanding shares of the Company's Securities for
securities or consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring
entity or its subsidiary.

      6.   Miscellaneous.

             6.1 Successors. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein,
the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be
binding upon the successors, transferees and assignees of any Founder, of the
Investor and of any Holder.

             6.2 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in more than one
counterpart, each of which shall constitute an original of this Agreement but
all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument.



                                      -7-
<PAGE>   8

             6.3 Modification. Any provision may be amended and the observance
thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either
retroactively or prospectively), only by the written consent of (a) as to the
Company, only by the Company, (b) as to the Investor, only by the Investor, (c)
as to the Holders, by the majority vote of the Company Securities held by the
Holders, and (d) as to the Founders, by the majority vote of the Company
Securities held by the Founders. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance
with clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this section shall be binding upon the
Founders, Investor, Holders, their successors and assigns and the Company. Given
such consent by the Company, the Investor, the Holders, and the Founders,
additional holders of Company Securities may be added to this Agreement by
adding a signature page executed by such additional holders. Notwithstanding any
apparent implication to the contrary, with respect to any matter requiring the
consent of the Holders, separate consent of the Investor shall not also be
required except as may be required to garner the requisite vote of the Holders
voting as a class.

             6.4 Applicable Law. This Agreement shall for all purposes be
governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of
Washington.

             6.5 Notices. All notices, demands or other communications desired
or required to be given by any party to any other party hereto shall be in
writing and shall be delivered (a) in person or (b) by certified mail, return
receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed: (i) if to the Company, to its
President at the address at is principal place of business; or (ii) if to a
Founder, the Investor or a Holder, to such address and to the attention of such
individual as he, she or it shall have designated in writing to the Company.

             6.6 Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement are
held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provisions shall be excluded
from this Agreement and the balance of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if
such provisions were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its
terms.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the day first above written.

THE ZONE NETWORK, INC., a               VANS, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Washington corporation

By   /s/ SKIP K. FRANKLIN               By   [SIG]
    ------------------------------           -----------------------------------

Its CEO                                 Its  Vice President & Gen. Counsel



                                      -8-
<PAGE>   9

                             THE ZONE NETWORK, INC.

                          COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

                            INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                            DATED AS OF JULY 8, 1997

FOUNDER:


/s/ SKIP K. FRANKLIN
- ----------------------------------      ----------------------------------------
Signature                               Signature of Co-Signer, if any

SKIP K. FRANKLIN
- ----------------------------------      ----------------------------------------
Name (type or print)                    Name of Co-Signer (type or print)

7-18-97
- ----------------------------------      ----------------------------------------
Date Signed                             Date Signed



                                      -9-
<PAGE>   10
                             THE ZONE NETWORK, INC.

                          COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

                            INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                            DATED AS OF JULY 8, 1997

FOUNDER:


/s/ TODD TIBBETS
- ----------------------------------      ----------------------------------------
Signature                               Signature of Co-Signer, if any

TODD TIBBETS
- ----------------------------------      ----------------------------------------
Name (type or print)                    Name of Co-Signer (type or print)

7-18-97
- ----------------------------------      ----------------------------------------
Date Signed                             Date Signed



                                      -9-
<PAGE>   11
                             THE ZONE NETWORK, INC.

                          COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

                            INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                            DATED AS OF JULY 8, 1997

FOUNDER:


/s/ GREG PROSL
- ----------------------------------      ----------------------------------------
Signature                               Signature of Co-Signer, if any

GREG PROSL
- ----------------------------------      ----------------------------------------
Name (type or print)                    Name of Co-Signer (type or print)

JULY 18, 1997
- ----------------------------------      ----------------------------------------
Date Signed                             Date Signed



                                      -9-
<PAGE>   12
                             THE ZONE NETWORK, INC.

                          COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

                            INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                            DATED AS OF JULY 8, 1997

FOUNDER:


- ----------------------------------      ----------------------------------------
Signature                               Signature of Co-Signer, if any


- ----------------------------------      ----------------------------------------
Name (type or print)                    Name of Co-Signer (type or print)


- ----------------------------------      ----------------------------------------
Date Signed                             Date Signed



                                      -9-
<PAGE>   13

                             THE ZONE NETWORK, INC.

                             SPOUSAL CONSENT PAGE TO

                            INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                               DATED JULY 8, 1997

                                 SPOUSAL CONSENT

I, the spouse of a shareholder of THE ZONE NETWORK, INC. (the "Company"), hereby
acknowledge that I have read the foregoing Investor Rights Agreement (the
"Agreement") and know its contents, including those provisions that govern
voting rights in the Company Securities owned by me or my spouse. In accordance
with the Agreement, I hereby agree on behalf of myself and all my successors in
interest that the Agreement shall bind my community interest, if any, in Company
Securities that are at any time registered on the books of the Company in the
name of my spouse. I acknowledge that I have been represented by separate
counsel in the execution of this Consent or I have been advised to obtain
representation by separate counsel in the execution of this Consent and declined
to do so.


                      ---------------------------------------------
                      Signature

                      ---------------------------------------------
                      Name (type or print)

                      ---------------------------------------------
                      Date Signed



                                      -10-

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.61

                           PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT


         THIS AGREEMENT is entered into as of the 18th day of August, 1997, at
Honolulu, Hawaii, by and between TRIPLE CROWN, INC., a Hawaii corporation, with
business and post office address at 5563 Haleola Street, Honolulu, Hawaii 96821
(hereinafter referred to as the "Seller") and VANS, INC., a Delaware
corporation, with business and post office address at 15700 Shoemaker, Santa Fe
Springs, California 90670 (hereinafter referred to as the "Buyer").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         The Buyer desires to acquire from the Seller, and the Seller desires to
sell to the Buyer, on the terms and subject to the conditions of this agreement,
all of the business and properties of Seller related to the three surfing events
collectively known as the "Triple Crown of Surfing" in exchange for FOUR HUNDRED
AND FIFTY THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($450,000.00) payable in accordance with
Section 1.2 below and the sole shareholder of Seller desires that this
transaction be consummated.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises hereinafter set
forth, the parties hereby agrees as follows:

SECTION 1.  PURCHASE AND SALE OF ASSETS.

               1.1. Sale of Assets. Subject to the terms and conditions set
forth in this agreement, Seller agrees to sell, convey, transfer, assign and
deliver to Buyer, and Buyer agrees to purchase from Seller, all the assets,
properties, and business of Seller related to the three surfing events
comprising the "Triple Crown of Surfing", namely, the "Hawaiian Pro Surfing
Championship", the "World Cup of Surfing" and the "Pipeline Masters"
(hereinafter sometimes referred to as the "Events"), which assets, properties
and business consist only of intangible personal property described as follows
(hereafter simply called the "Assets"):

                      1.1.1 Sponsor Contracts. All of the agreements and
             contracts (hereinafter referred to as the "Sponsor Contracts") with
             various sponsors of one or more Events, which sponsors (hereinafter
             referred to as the "Sponsors") and Sponsor Contracts are identified
             in the "List of Sponsors & Contracts" attached hereto as Exhibit
             "A" and incorporated herein by reference. These Sponsors are
             currently in the process of signing Sponsor Contracts with Seller.
             To the extent that any of these Sponsor Contracts have been signed
             by both parties by the date of the Closing (as such term is defined
             in Section 2 below), these Sponsor Contracts shall be assigned by
             Seller to Buyer in the form attached hereto as Exhibit "B", subject
             to Seller's right to keep $35,000 of the amounts paid by the
             Sponsors to Seller as listed in attached Exhibit "A".

                      1.1.2  Proprietary Rights.  All of Seller's intangible
             rights to own, operate, market, promote and otherwise
             commercially exploit the surfing events comprising the "Triple
             Crown of Surfing" (namely, the "Hawaiian Pro Surfing
             Championship", the "World

<PAGE>   2
             Cup of Surfing" and the "Pipeline Masters"), including, but not
             limited to, organizing and staging rights, sanctioning rights,
             access to venue rights, voting rights, approvals, permits,
             licenses, tradenames, trademarks, goodwill and all other rights of
             a commercially exploitable nature in and associated with said
             surfing events, e.g., broadcasting, advertising, marketing,
             promotions, merchandising, and sponsorship rights (hereinafter all
             such rights shall be referred to as the "Proprietary Rights"). At
             the Closing, Seller shall transfer these Proprietary Rights to
             Buyer by way of an "Assignment of Intangible Rights" in the form
             attached hereto as Exhibit "C".

                         1.1.2.1 Seller's Intellectual Property. That portion of
                      the Proprietary Rights consisting of Seller's trademarks,
                      tradenames and copyrights registered by, applied for,
                      issued to, and/or owned by Seller in its business which
                      are listed on Exhibits "G-1" and "G-2 and hereinafter
                      referred to as the "Seller's Intellectual Properties".

             1.2.     Purchase Price.  The purchase price for the Assets shall
be the sum of FOUR HUNDRED FIFTY THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($450,000.00). The
purchase price (the "Purchase Price") shall be paid by Buyer to Seller at the
Closing as follows:

                      1.2.1 Deposit. Seller hereby acknowledges receipt of
             THIRTY THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($30,000.00) from Buyer
             (hereinafter referred to as the "Deposit"). At the Closing, the
             amount of the Deposit shall be credited to Buyer towards the
             Purchase Price.

                     1.2.2 Cash. Buyer shall deliver to Seller or Seller's
             Attorney a bank cashier's check payable to the order of TRIPLE
             CROWN, INC. in the amount of TWO HUNDRED NINETY FIVE THOUSAND AND
             NO/100 DOLLARS ($295,000.00).

                     1.2.3 Promissory Note. Buyer shall deliver to Seller or
             Seller's Attorney two promissory notes, dated as of the Closing
             Date, in the total principal amount of ONE HUNDRED TWENTY FIVE
             THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($125,000.00) with interest at NINE
             PERCENT (9%). One promissory note shall be in the amount of
             SEVENTY-FIVE THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($75,000.00) with no
             right of offset and interest-only monthly payments until all
             principal and interest become due on January 1, 1998 and it shall
             be in the form of Exhibit "D" attached hereto and incorporated
             herein. The second promissory note shall be in the amount of
             FIFTY THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($50,000.00) with certain
             rights of offset and interest-only monthly payments until all
             principal and interest become due on January 1, 1999 and it shall
             be in the form of Exhibit "E" attached hereto and incorporated
             herein.

             1.3.     Assumption of Liabilities.  At the Closing, the Buyer
shall assume and agree to perform, pay and discharge all obligations of the
Seller under the Sponsor Contracts pursuant to the Assignment of Sponsor
Contracts. Furthermore, the Buyer acknowledges that Seller has tendered written
contracts to the Sponsors for which it has received $35,000 as listed in Exhibit
"A". At the

                                 - Page 2 of 9 -

<PAGE>   3
Closing, Buyer shall assume all of Seller's rights and obligations under these
tendered but unsigned contracts and shall provide the Sponsors with a credit for
the amounts paid as listed in Exhibit "A". Except for the obligations assumed by
Buyer under this Section 1.3, the Seller shall remain unconditionally liable
for, and Buyer shall not assume, all obligations, liabilities and commitments of
the Seller, fixed or contingent, if any (including without limitation (i) all
accounts payable of the Seller, (ii) any taxes that may be currently owed by
Seller or may become due as a result of the sale of Seller's Assets pursuant to
this Agreement, and (iii) any obligations or liabilities of the Seller under any
agreement or contract other than the Sponsor Contracts).

SECTION 2. CLOSING. The Buyer and the Seller agree that the purchase and sale of
the Assets will be consummated as follows:

             2.1. Closing Date. The mutual delivery of documents and other
instruments by Seller and Buyer (hereinafter referred to as the "Closing") shall
take place at the Law Office of Manuel D. Garcia located at Suite 2550,
Grosvenor Center, 733 Bishop Street, Honolulu, Hawaii 96813 at 11:00 a.m. local
time, on Friday, August 22, 1997, or at such other time and place as the parties
may agree in writing (hereinafter referred to as the "Closing Date").

             2.2.     Delivery of Seller's Documents.  The Seller will deliver
to Buyer or Buyer's Attorney at Closing the following items (all documents will
be duly executed and acknowledged where required):

                      2.2.1 Assignment of Sponsor Contracts. A document entitled
             Assignment of Sponsor Contracts, in the form attached hereto as
             Exhibit "B" and incorporated herein by reference, for Seller to
             transfer to Buyer all of its right, title and interest in and to
             the Sponsor Contracts that are in place by the Closing Date and for
             Buyer to accept all of Seller's obligations under said Sponsor
             Contracts.

                      2.2.2 Assignment of Intangible Rights. A document entitled
             Assignment of Intangible Rights, in the form attached hereto as
             Exhibit "C" and incorporated herein by reference, to transfer to
             Buyer all of Seller's right, title and interest in and to the
             Proprietary Rights.

                      2.2.3  Consulting Agreement.  The Consulting Agreement 
             between Buyer and Seller in the form attached hereto as Exhibit "F"
             and incorporated herein by reference.

                      2.2.4 Additional Documents. Such additional documents as
             might be reasonably required by the Buyer to consummate the sale
             of the Assets to the Buyer.

             2.3.     Delivery by Buyer.   The Buyer will deliver to Seller or
Seller's Attorney the following items (all documents will be duly executed and
acknowledged where required):

                      2.3.1 Cashier's Check.  The bank cashier's check for 
             $295,000.00.

                                 - Page 3 of 9 -

<PAGE>   4
                      2.3.2 Promissory Notes. The two promissory notes, in the
             form attached hereto as Exhibits "D" and "E" and incorporated
             herein by reference, to evidence Buyer's obligation to pay to
             Seller the sum of $125,000.00 plus interest in accordance with the
             terms and conditions stated in the promissory notes.

                      2.3.3 Security Agreement.  None.

                      2.3.4 Assignment of Sponsor Contracts. A document entitled
             Assignment of Sponsor Contracts, in the form attached hereto as
             Exhibit "B" and incorporated herein by reference, for Seller to
             assign and Buyer to accept all of Seller's obligations under said
             Sponsor Contracts.

                      2.3.5  Consulting Agreement.  The Consulting Agreement 
             between Buyer and Seller in the form attached hereto as Exhibit
             "F" and incorporated herein by reference.

                      2.4.6 Additional Documents. Such additional documents as
             might be reasonably required by the Seller to consummate the sale
             of the Assets to the Seller.

SECTION 3. BUYER'S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Buyer makes the following
representations and warranties which representations and warranties shall be
true and correct as of the date hereof and on the Closing Date and shall survive
the Closing:

             3.1. Buyer's Due Diligence. Buyer hereby represents and warrants
that Buyer has been conducting its due diligence concerning Seller's Assets
since March, 1997 and that Seller has been very cooperative in providing Buyer
with all documents and information requested by Buyer in conducting the
investigation and inspections it deems necessary for determining the nature and
extent of Seller's Proprietary Rights and the feasibility of its future use or
development of the Assets. This Section 3.1 shall not be deemed to invalidate or
alter or affect in any way Seller's representations and warranties found in
Section 4.

             3.2 Authorization. The individual or individuals signing this
Agreement on behalf of Buyer are fully authorized and empowered to sign on
behalf of the Buyer.

             3.3. Power and Authority. Buyer is a corporation duly organized,
validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.
The Buyer has, and as of the Closing Date shall have, full power and authority
to enter into and carry out the terms and provisions of this Agreement and to
execute and deliver all documents which are contemplated by this Agreement, and
all actions of Buyer necessary to confer such authority upon the persons
executing this Agreement and such other documents have been taken.

             3.4. Enforceable. This Agreement is, and each instrument and
document to be executed by Buyer hereunder shall be, a valid legally binding
obligation of Buyer enforceable against Buyer in accordance with its terms.

                                 - Page 4 of 9 -

<PAGE>   5
             3.5 Insolvency. The Buyer is not insolvent or bankrupt and the
Buyer has no knowledge about any pending or threatened insolvency or bankruptcy
proceedings of any kind affecting the Buyer or any of its assets. The
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not render
the Buyer insolvent.

             3.6. No Other Warranties or Representations. Except as otherwise
expressly provided in this Section 3 of this Agreement, Buyer disclaims the
making of any representations or warranties, express or implied.

SECTION 4. SELLER'S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Seller makes the following
representations and warranties which representations and warranties shall be
true and correct as of the date hereof and on the Closing Date and shall survive
the Closing:

            4.1 Authorization. The individual signing this Agreement on
behalf of the Seller is fully authorized and empowered to sign on behalf of the
Seller.

             4.2. Power and Authority. Seller is a corporation duly organized,
validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Hawaii. The
Seller has, and as of the Closing Date shall have, full power and authority to
enter into and carry out the terms and provisions of this Agreement and to
execute and deliver all documents which are contemplated by this Agreement, and
all actions of Seller necessary to confer such authority upon the persons
executing this Agreement and such other documents have been taken.

             4.3. Enforceable. This Agreement is, and each instrument and
document to be executed by Seller hereunder shall be, a valid legally binding
obligation of Seller enforceable against Seller in accordance with its terms.

             4.4 Certain Claims. The Seller has not received any notice of any
claim, and Seller has no knowledge of any claim pending, that it or anyone
acting on its behalf, by ownership, use or licensing of the Proprietary Rights,
is infringing or otherwise acting adversely to any rights of any other person or
entity and Seller has no knowledge of any threats of such claim nor grounds for
such a threat. The Seller does not have any knowledge of any person or entity
infringing or otherwise acting adversely to the Seller's interest in the
Proprietary Rights.

             4.5 Litigation. The Seller is not a party to, and has not been
threatened with, any litigation, suit, action, investigation, proceeding or
controversy before any court, administrative agency or other governmental
authority to or affecting any of the Assets.


             4.6 Insolvency. The Seller is not insolvent or bankrupt and the
Seller has no knowledge about any pending or threatened insolvency or bankruptcy
proceedings of any kind affecting the Seller or any of its assets. The
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not render
the Seller insolvent.

                                 - Page 5 of 9 -

<PAGE>   6
             4.7 Seller's Intellectual Property. Exhibits "G-1" and "G-2"
attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference constitute a true and
complete list of all patents, trademarks, tradenames and copyrights registered
by, applied for, issued to, and/or owned by Seller in its business.

                      4.7.1 Seller's Foreign Intellectual Property. To the best
             of Seller's knowledge, all foreign trademarks listed in Exhibit
             "G-1" are valid and in good standing and uncontested, except for
             Australia, Brazil and New Zealand. To the best of Seller's
             knowledge, no person or entity has a right to receive a royalty or
             other payment with respect to that portion of Seller's Intellectual
             Properties listed on Exhibit "G-1". Notwithstanding the foregoing,
             Seller makes no representation or warranties whatsoever regarding
             its ownership of the patents, trademarks, tradenames and copyrights
             for Australia, Brazil and New Zealand as listed under the caption
             "Common Law" under Exhibit "G-1". To the best of Seller's
             knowledge, the transactions contemplated in this Agreement will not
             terminate or invalidate any rights with respect to that portion of
             Seller's Intellectual Properties listed on Exhibit "G-1".

                      4.7.2 Seller's Domestic Intellectual Property. All
             domestic trademarks and tradenames listed in Exhibit "G-2" are
             valid and in good standing and uncontested. Except as disclosed on
             Exhibit "G-2", no person or entity has a right to receive a royalty
             or other payment with respect to said domestic tradenames and
             trademarks. The transactions contemplated in this Agreement will
             not terminate or invalidate any rights with respect to that portion
             of Seller's Intellectual Properties listed on Exhibit "G-2".

             4.8 The Events. Seller acquired the rights to operate and
commercially exploit the Events in 1988 by way of assignment of said rights from
Frederick S. Williamson, who acquired said rights from Fred Hemmings, Jr. and
his corporation, Sports Enterprises, Inc., a Hawaii corporation, in 1988. Since
that time, Seller has not been involved in any disputes regarding the ownership
of such rights and has not been threatened with any claims regarding its
ownership of said rights.

             4.9. No Other Warranties or Representations. Except as otherwise
expressly provided in this Section 4 of the Agreement, Seller disclaims the
making of any representations or warranties, express or implied.

SECTION 5. RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS PRIOR TO CLOSING.

             5.1 Seller's Rights and Obligations. Prior to the Closing, Seller
shall have all of the rights and obligations derived from its ownership of the
Assets and shall carry on its business diligently and in substantially the same
manner as it has previously conducted business in the past. However, Seller
shall not engage in any business operations or transactions or take other
actions that are outside the ordinary course of Seller's business or which are
otherwise detrimental to the Assets, and shall not execute and deliver any
additional contracts, other than the Sponsor Contracts, without the written
permission of Buyer.


                                 - Page 6 of 9 -

<PAGE>   7
             5.2 Buyer's Rights and Obligations. Prior to the Closing, Buyer
shall have the right to be informed about all of Seller's activities in
preparation for the Events, including without limitation, the right to
communicate directly with Randy Rarick and Derek Ho. However, Buyer agrees that,
unless and until the Closing has been consummated, Buyer and its officers,
directors, and other representatives will hold in strict confidence, and will
not use to the detriment of Seller and its shareholder all data and information
with respect to the business of the Seller obtained in connection with this
transaction or agreement, except in so far as that data and information may be
required by law to be included in Buyer's proxy statement in connection with a
meeting of its shareholders, required by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, and the general rules and regulations issued under the act; and if the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement are not consummated, Buyer will
return to Seller all the data and information that Seller may reasonably
request, including without limitation, documents prepared by or made available
to Buyer in connection with this transaction.

SECTION 6. CONSULTING AGREEMENT. Effective on the Closing Date, Buyer shall
retain the services of Seller as a consultant for three months at a fee of
$6,000 plus 20% commissions for certain licensing agreements and, more
specifically, in accordance with the provisions of that certain "Consultant
Agreement" in the form attached hereto as Exhibit "F" and incorporated herein by
reference.

SECTION 7. INDEMNIFICATION. Each party to this Agreement (the "Indemnifying
Party") hereby defends, indemnifies and holds the other party (the "Indemnified
Party"), its employees, officers, directors, shareholders and agents harmless
from and against each and every "Claim" (as such term is hereinafter defined)
arising from, or relating to, a breach of this Agreement by the Indemnifying
Party. The term "Claim" means any claim against the Indemnified Party which,
through settlement by the parties to the claim or the rendering of a final
judgment by a court, results in actual losses to the Indemnified Party in excess
of $45,000. Furthermore, the Indemnifying Party shall be deemed liable under
this Section 7 only for Indemnified Party's actual losses in excess of the
$45,000. The indemnities provided by this Section 7 shall expire on January 1,
1999 and any Claims that are initiated and established after December 31, 1998
shall be excluded from the provisions of this Section 7.

SECTION 8. SELLER'S OBLIGATIONS AFTER CLOSING. The Seller shall have certain
additional obligations after the Closing as follows: 

             8.1 Change Corporate Name. Within thirty (30) days from the Closing
Date, the Seller shall change its corporate name to a name that is not similar
to its current corporate name.

             8.2 Transfer Internet Web Pages. The Seller shall transfer all of
its Internet Web Pages, which is currently in internet address
www.holoholo.org/triplecrown, to whatever internet address Buyer shall request
in writing; provided, however, that Buyer provides the Seller with its written
request within thirty (30) days of Closing together with an internet address
which is in Buyer's control and cooperates fully with Seller in accepting the
transfer of said Internet Web Pages. In the event that Seller does not receive
Buyer's written request within thirty (30) days of the Closing, the Seller shall
simply cancel all of its Internet Web Pages relating to the Events.

                                 - Page 7 of 9 -

<PAGE>   8
SECTION 9. NO COMMISSIONS. Each party to this Agreement warrants to the other
that no person or entity can properly claim a right to a commission, finder's
fee or other brokerage-type compensation (collectively, "Brokerage Commission")
based upon the acts of that party with respect to the transaction contemplated
by this Agreement. Each party hereby agrees to indemnify and defend the other
(by counsel acceptable to the party seeking indemnification) against and hold
the other harmless from and against any and all loss, damage, liability or
expense, including costs and reasonable attorney's fees, resulting from any
claims for Brokerage Commission by any person or entity based upon such acts.

SECTION 10. TOKEN DISTRIBUTIONS OF MERCHANDISE. Buyer understands that Seller's
sole shareholder would like to maintain some connection with the Events. As a
gesture of Buyer's goodwill towards Seller and its sole shareholder for their
previous involvement and support of surfing activities in the State of Hawaii,
Buyer shall provide Seller's sole shareholder, Frederick S. Williamson, with a
sample of the various t-shirts, hats, posters and other merchandize created by
Buyer for the Events with an aggregate value totalling approximately ONE
THOUSAND DOLLARS ($1,000) per year for the next five (5) years.

SECTION 11. MISCELLANEOUS. It is further agreed as follows:

               11.1. Time. Time is of the essence of this Agreement.

               11.2. Notice. All notices required hereunder will be in writing
and either delivered or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested,
postage prepaid, at the following addresses, until notification of a change of
such addresses is received: (a) to the Seller: Frederick Williamson, c/o Manuel
D. Garcia, Esq., Suite 2550 Grosvenor Center, 733 Bishop Street, Honolulu,
Hawaii 96813 Frederick Williamson and (b) to the Buyer: VANS, INC., 15700
Shoemaker Avenue, Santa Fe Springs, California 90670 to the attention of Craig
E. Gosselin, Esq., Vice-president and General Counsel. 11.3. Survival. All
representations, warranties, covenants, agreements and indemnities made and all
other obligations to be performed hereunder, to the extent not performed at or
before the Closing, shall survive the Closing.

               11.4. Entire Agreement. This instrument constitutes the entire
agreement between the Buyer and the Seller and there are no agreements,
understandings, warranties or representations between the Buyer and the Seller
except as set forth herein. This Agreement cannot be amended, except in writing,
executed by the Buyer and the Seller.

               11.5. Binding Effect. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of
and bind the respective successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto.

               11.6. Construction. This Agreement and any documentation
delivered pursuant to this Agreement will be construed without regard to which
party drafted the document or any particular provision therein. This Agreement
is governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State
of Hawaii.

                                 - Page 8 of 9 -

<PAGE>   9
               11.7 Expenses. Buyer and Seller shall each pay their own expenses
in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby,
regardless of whether such transactions are consummated.

               11.8. Computation of Time. Except as otherwise provided in this
Agreement, all references to days are calendar days, thereby including,
Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays.

               11.9. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the
parties on the dates set forth below their respective signatures, but this
Agreement shall be deemed effective as of the date first above written.



TRIPLE CROWN, INC., a Hawaii corp.           VANS, INC., a Delaware corp.


By:                                          By:       [SIG]
   ------------------------------               ------------------------------
   Frederick S. Williamson                      Its Vice President and General
   Its President                                    Counsel

DATE:                                        DATE:  8/18/97
     ----------------------------                 ----------------------------
                       ("Seller")                                    ("Buyer")

                                 - Page 9 of 9 -

<PAGE>   10
                            ACCOMPANYING EXHIBITS TO
                           PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
                           DATED AS OF AUGUST 18, 1997
                       CONCERNING TRIPLE CROWN OF SURFING


A.    List of Sponsors & Contracts.

B.    Assignment of Sponsor Contracts.

C.    Assignment of Intangible Rights.

D.    Promissory Note for $75,000.

E.    Promissory Note for $50,000.

F.    Consulting Agreement.

G-1.           List of Tradenames, Trademarks and Copyrights Constituting
               Foreign Portion of "Seller's Intellectual Properties".

G-2.           List of Tradenames, Trademarks and Copyrights Constituting 
               Domestic Portion of "Seller's Intellectual Properties".


<PAGE>   11

                                   EXHIBIT "A"


                          LIST OF SPONSORS & CONTRACTS




     1. OCEAN PACIFIC APPAREL CORP. located at 3 Studebaker, Irvine, California
92718 (hereinafter referred to as "OP") regarding the "Title Sponsorship
Position" of the Hawaiian Pro Surfing Championships for 1997 (including the
letter amendment dated July 29, 1997).

     2. RIP CURL PTY. LTD. located at 101 Surfcoast Hwy., Torquay, Victoria 3228
Australia (hereinafter referred to as "RIP CURL") regarding the "Title
Sponsorship Position" of the World Cup of Surfing for 1997. Said contract has
been signed.

     3. ZEAL U.S.A., INC. located at 121 East 100 South, Suite 101, Moab, Utah
84532, Zeal Optics, Hawaii, Inc. located at 33 South King Street, Suite 510,
Honolulu, Hawaii 96813 and OGK Hanbai Co., Ltd. located at 60, Nishino-machi,
Mikuriya, Higashiosaka-city, Osaka 577, Japan (hereinafter collectively referred
to as "ZEAL") regarding the "Presenting Sponsorship Position" of the 1997 World
Cup of Surfing and the "Official Eyewear Sponsorship Position" of the 1997
Triple Crown of Surfing Championship Series. ZEAL has already paid Seller
$5,000.00 concerning said sponsorship.

     4. WINDSURFING CHIEMSEE PRODUCTIONS UND VERTRIEBS GMBH located at
Chieminger Str. 21, 8221 Grabenstatt, Germany (hereinafter referred to as "CS")
regarding the "Title Sponsorship Position" of the Masters Surfing Classic for
1997. CS has already paid Seller $5,000.00 concerning said sponsorship.

     5. INTERPUBLIC CO., LTD. located at 2 F New Taro Bldg., 2-2-12 Fujimi,
Chiyoda-Ku, Tokyo 102, Japan (hereinafter referred to as "IPC") regarding:

               a.       the "Series Title Sponsorship Position" and "Official 
                        Timer" of the 1997 Triple Crown of Surfing.  IPC has
                        already paid Seller $25,000.00 concerning said
                        sponsorship.

               b.       the use of the trademark/tradename "Triple Crown of 
                        Surfing" on no more than 15,000 Casio G-shock watches
                        for 1998.

<PAGE>   12
                                    EXHIBIT B


                         ASSIGNMENT OF SPONSOR CONTRACTS


         FOR VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby expressly acknowledged, TRIPLE CROWN, INC., a Hawaii corporation
("Assignor"), hereby assigns, transfers and conveys to VANS, INC., a Delaware
corporation ("Assignee"), all of Assignor's right, title and interest to all of
the contracts described in Appendix 1 attached hereto and incorporated herein by
reference (the "Sponsor Contracts").

         Assignee hereby assumes and agrees to keep, perform and fulfill all of
Assignor's obligations under the Sponsor Contracts from and after the date
hereof and will indemnify, defend and hold Assignor harmless from and against
any and all obligations, liabilities, claims, accounts and demands (including,
without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees) arising out of or in connection
with the acts or omissions to act of Assignee under the Sponsor Contracts.

         This Assignment of Sponsor Contracts is given pursuant to the Purchase
and Sale Agreement between Assignor and Assignee dated as of August 18, 1997.


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Assignor and Assignee have executed this Assignment
of Sponsor Contracts as of the 22nd day of August, 1997.


ASSIGNOR:                                  ASSIGNEE:

TRIPLE CROWN, INC., a Hawaii               VANS, INC., a Delaware  corporation
       corporation

By:                                        By:
   ----------------------------               ---------------------------------
    Frederick S. Williamson
       Its President                       Its


<PAGE>   13
STATE OF HAWAII                                           )
                                                          )  SS.
CITY AND COUNTY OF HONOLULU                               )



         On this ___ day of August, 1997, before me appeared Frederick S.
Williamson who, being by me duly sworn did say that he is the President of
TRIPLE CROWN, INC., a Hawaii corporation, and that said instrument was signed on
behalf of said corporation by authority of its Board of Directors, and said
officers acknowledged said instrument to be the free act and deed of said
corporation.



                                           ____________________________________
                                           Notary Public, State of Hawaii

                                           My Commission Expires:______________






STATE OF CALIFORNIA                     )
                                        )  SS.
COUNTY OF                               )



         On this ___ day of August, 1997, before me appeared ___________________
who, being by me duly sworn did say that he is the _______________ of VANS,
INC., a Delaware corporation, and that the seal affixed to the foregoing
instrument is the corporate seal of said corporation, and that said instrument
was signed and sealed on behalf of said corporation by authority of its Board of
Directors, and said officers acknowledged said instrument to be the free act and
deed of said corporation.



                                            ___________________________________
                                            Notary Public, State of California

                                            My Commission Expires:_____________


<PAGE>   14
                                   EXHIBIT "C"


                         ASSIGNMENT OF INTANGIBLE RIGHTS


         FOR VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby expressly acknowledged, TRIPLE CROWN, INC., a Hawaii corporation
("Assignor"), hereby assigns, transfers and conveys to VANS, INC., a Delaware
corporation ("Assignee"), and Assignee's successors and assigns, all of its
right, title and interest to own, operate, market, promote and otherwise
commercially exploit the surfing events comprising the "Triple Crown of Surfing"
(namely, the "Hawaiian Pro Surfing Championship", the "World Cup of Surfing" and
the "Pipeline Masters"), including, but not limited to, organizing and staging
rights, sanctioning rights, access to venue rights, voting rights, approvals,
permits, licenses, tradenames, trademarks, goodwill and all other rights of a
commercially exploitable nature in and associated with said surfing events,
e.g., broadcasting, advertising, marketing, promotions, merchandising, and
sponsorship rights (hereinafter all such rights shall be referred to as the
"Proprietary Rights") and including that portion of the Proprietary Rights
defined as "Seller's Intellectual Properties", as such term is defined in
Section 1.1.2.1 of the Purchase and Sale Agreement dated August 18, 1997 between
Assignor and Assignee.

         Assignor hereby agrees to perform, execute or deliver or cause to be
performed, executed or delivered, any and all such further acts and assurances
as Assignee may reasonably require to perfect Assignee's interest in the
Proprietary Rights, including Seller's Intellectual Properties; provided,
however, that Assignee shall pay for all of the cost and expenses related to
such further acts and assurances required of Assignor.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Assignor has executed this Assignment of Intangible
Rights as of August 22, 1997.


                                      TRIPLE CROWN, INC.,
                                               a Hawaii corporation


                                      By:
                                         --------------------------------------
                                             Frederick S. Williamson
                                             Its President

                                                                   ("Assignor")

<PAGE>   15
STATE OF HAWAII                         )
                                        )  SS.
CITY AND COUNTY OF HONOLULU             )



         On this ___ day of August, 1997, before me appeared Frederick S.
Williamson who, being by me duly sworn did say that he is the President of
TRIPLE CROWN, INC., a Hawaii corporation, and that said instrument was signed on
behalf of said corporation by authority of its Board of Directors, and said
officers acknowledged said instrument to be the free act and deed of said
corporation.



                                           ____________________________________
                                           Notary Public, State of Hawaii

                                           My Commission Expires:______________

<PAGE>   16
                                   EXHIBIT "D"

                                 PROMISSORY NOTE

$75,000.00                                                     Honolulu, Hawaii
                                                                August 22, 1997

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, VANS, INC., a Delaware corporation
(hereinafter referred to as "Maker"), hereby promises to pay TRIPLE CROWN, INC.,
a Hawaii corporation, ("Payee"), or order, at Suite 2550, Grosvenor Center, 733
Bishop Street, Honolulu, Hawaii, 96813, or at such other place as Payee may from
time to time designate by written notice to Maker, in lawful money of the United
States of America, the sum of SEVENTY FIVE THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS
($75,000.00), with interest, as set forth below. All principal and interest, is
to be paid without setoff, deduction or counterclaim as set forth below. Maker
further agrees as follows:

         Section 1.  Interest Rate.  Interest shall accrue on the unpaid balance
at a rate equal to NINE PERCENT (9%) per annum.

         Section 2.  Payments.

                  (a) Interest. Interest shall be due and payable in monthly
         installments of FIVE HUNDRED SIXTY TWO AND 50/100 DOLLARS ($562.50)
         commencing on the 21st day of September, 1997. All payments will be
         applied to interest only.

                  (b) Principal. The entire principal evidenced hereby, together
         with any remaining indebtedness hereunder, if not sooner paid, shall be
         due and payable on January 1, 1998.

                  (c) Prepayment. Maker shall have the right to prepay this Note
         in whole or in part at any time without penalty. All prepayments shall
         be applied first to accrued interest and then to principal.

         Section 3.  Hawaii Law.  This Note shall be governed by and construed 
in accordance with the laws of the State of Hawaii.

         Section 4. Certain Waivers. Maker hereby waives notice of demand,
notice of non-payment or dishonor, protest and notice of protest of this Note,
and all other notices in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance,
default or enforcement of the payment of this Note.

         Section 5. Waiver and Modification. No delay on the part of Payee in
exercising any of its options, powers or rights, or any partial or single
exercise thereof shall constitute a waiver of such options, powers or rights. No
waiver of any rights hereunder shall be deemed to be made by Payee unless the
same shall be in writing, duly signed by Payee, and each such waiver, if any,
shall apply only with respect to the specific instance involved and shall in no
way impair the rights of Payee or the obligations of Maker in any other respect
at any other time. This Note may be altered only by prior written agreement
signed by the party against whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification
or discharge is sought.

<PAGE>   17
         Section 6. Assignment. No party may assign or transfer in any manner
whatsoever this Note or any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the
prior written consent of the other party.

         Section 7. Invalidity. If any provision or any word, terms, clause or
other part of any provision of this Note shall be invalid for any reason, the
same shall be ineffective, but the remainder of this Note and the provisions
hereof shall not be affected and shall remain in full force and effect.

         Section 8. Limitation on Interest Charged. All agreements between Maker
and Payee are hereby expressly limited so that in no contingency or event
whatsoever shall the amount paid or agreed to be paid to Payee for the use,
forbearance or detention of the indebtedness evidenced by this Note exceed the
maximum amount permissible under applicable law. If, from any circumstances
whatsoever, the fulfillment of any provision hereof, at the time performance of
such provision shall be due, shall be prohibited by law, the obligation to be
fulfilled shall be reduced to the maximum not so prohibited, and if from any
circumstance Payee should ever receive as interest an amount which would exceed
the highest lawful rate, such amount as would be excessive interest shall be
applied to the reduction of the principal amount owing hereunder and not to the
payment of interest.

         Section 9. Maker to pay collection expenses. In the event that Maker
shall be in default with respect to this Note and the Payee shall incur costs or
employ an attorney to make any demand or to otherwise protect or enforce its
rights herein, the Maker shall pay all costs and expenses incurred by the Payee,
including costs of court and reasonable attorney's fees.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Maker has set his hand on this Note effective as of
the date set forth above.


                                  MAKER:

                                  VANS, INC., a Delaware corporation


                                  By:
                                     -----------------------------------------
                                     Its

                                      -2-
<PAGE>   18
STATE OF CALIFORNIA                   )
                                      )  SS.
COUNTY OF                             )



         On this day of August, 1997, before me appeared ______________________
who, being by me duly sworn did say that he is the _______________ of VANS,
INC., a Delaware corporation, and that the seal affixed to the foregoing
instrument is the corporate seal of said corporation, and that said instrument
was signed and sealed on behalf of said corporation by authority of its Board of
Directors, and said officers acknowledged said instrument to be the free act and
deed of said corporation.



                                       ________________________________________
                                       Notary Public, State of California

                                       My Commission Expires:__________________




                                      -3-
<PAGE>   19
                                   EXHIBIT "E"


                                 PROMISSORY NOTE

$50,000.00                                                    Honolulu, Hawaii
                                                               August 22, 1997

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, VANS, INC., a Delaware corporation
(hereinafter referred to as "Maker"), hereby promises to pay TRIPLE CROWN, INC.,
a Hawaii corporation, ("Payee"), or order, at Suite 2550, Grosvenor Center, 733
Bishop Street, Honolulu, Hawaii, 96813, or at such other place as Payee may from
time to time designate by written notice to Maker, in lawful money of the United
States of America, the sum of FIFTY THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($50,000.00),
with interest, as set forth below. All principal and interest, is to be paid as
set forth below. Maker further agrees as follows:

     Section 1. Interest Rate. Interest shall accrue on the unpaid balance at a
rate equal to NINE PERCENT (9%) per annum.

     Section 2. Payments.

                  (a) Interest. Interest shall be due and payable in monthly
         installments of THREE HUNDRED SEVENTY-FIVE AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($375.00)
         commencing on the 21st day of September, 1997. All payments will be
         applied to interest only.

                  (b) Principal. The entire principal evidenced hereby, together
         with any remaining indebtedness hereunder, if not sooner paid, shall be
         due and payable on January 1, 1999.

                  (c) Prepayment. Maker shall have the right to prepay this Note
         in whole or in part at any time without penalty. All prepayments shall
         be applied first to accrued interest and then to principal.

     Section 3. Hawaii Law. This Note shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Hawaii.

     Section 4. Certain Waivers. Maker hereby waives notice of demand, notice of
non-payment or dishonor, protest and notice of protest of this Note, and all
other notices in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default
or enforcement of the payment of this Note.

     Section 5. Waiver and Modification. No delay on the part of Payee in
exercising any of its options, powers or rights, or any partial or single
exercise thereof shall constitute a waiver of such options, powers or rights. No
waiver of any rights hereunder shall be deemed to be made by Payee unless the
same shall be in writing, duly signed by Payee, and each such waiver, if any,
shall apply only with respect to the specific instance involved and shall in no
way impair the rights of Payee or the obligations of Maker in any other respect
at any other time. This Note may be altered only by prior written agreement
signed by the party against whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification
or discharge is sought.
<PAGE>   20
     Section 6. Assignment. No party may assign or transfer in any manner
whatsoever this Note or any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the
prior written consent of the other party.

     Section 7. Invalidity. If any provision or any word, terms, clause or other
part of any provision of this Note shall be invalid for any reason, the same
shall be ineffective, but the remainder of this Note and the provisions hereof
shall not be affected and shall remain in full force and effect.

     Section 8. Limitation on Interest Charged. All agreements between Maker and
Payee are hereby expressly limited so that in no contingency or event whatsoever
shall the amount paid or agreed to be paid to Payee for the use, forbearance or
detention of the indebtedness evidenced by this Note exceed the maximum amount
permissible under applicable law. If, from any circumstances whatsoever, the
fulfillment of any provision hereof, at the time performance of such provision
shall be due, shall be prohibited by law, the obligation to be fulfilled shall
be reduced to the maximum not so prohibited, and if from any circumstance Payee
should ever receive as interest an amount which would exceed the highest lawful
rate, such amount as would be excessive interest shall be applied to the
reduction of the principal amount owing hereunder and not to the payment of
interest.

     Section 9. Disputes. Should any reasonable dispute arise as to potential
breach by Payee of the Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of August 11, 1997
between Maker and Payee (the "Agreement"), Maker shall have the right to
withhold any payment due and owing hereunder pending resolution of such
reasonable dispute. Maker shall segregate any disputed sum in an interest
bearing account and take reasonable steps to expedite the resolution of said
dispute. However, for purposes of this Section 9, Maker shall have the burden of
proving that it had reasonable cause for exercising the rights of offset
provided under this Section 9. In the event that (i) it shall fail to succeed in
its action against Payee for breach of contract and (ii) a court determines that
Maker did not have reasonable cause for claiming that there was a reasonable
basis for its claim of Payee's breach of contract, the Maker shall be deemed to
have been in default with respect to this Note.

     Section 10. Maker to pay collection expenses. In the event that Maker shall
be in default with respect to this Note and the Payee shall incur costs or
employ an attorney to make any demand or to otherwise protect or enforce its
rights herein, the Maker shall pay all costs and expenses incurred by the Payee,
including costs of court and reasonable attorney's fees.


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Maker has set his hand on this Note effective as of the
date set forth above.


                                          MAKER:

                                          VANS, INC., a Delaware corporation


                                          By:
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             Its
                                      - 2 -

<PAGE>   21
STATE OF CALIFORNIA                 )
                                    )  SS.
COUNTY OF                           )



         On this day of August, 1997, before me appeared ______________________
who, being by me duly sworn did say that he is the _______________ of VANS,
INC., a Delaware corporation, and that the seal affixed to the foregoing
instrument is the corporate seal of said corporation, and that said instrument
was signed and sealed on behalf of said corporation by authority of its Board of
Directors, and said officers acknowledged said instrument to be the free act and
deed of said corporation.



                                          _____________________________________
                                          Notary Public, State of California

                                          My Commission Expires:_______________


                                      - 3 -

<PAGE>   22
                                   EXHIBIT "E"


                                 PROMISSORY NOTE

$50,000.00                                                     Honolulu, Hawaii
                                                                August 22, 1997

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, VANS, INC., a Delaware corporation
(hereinafter referred to as "Maker"), hereby promises to pay TRIPLE CROWN, INC.,
a Hawaii corporation, ("Payee"), or order, at Suite 2550, Grosvenor Center, 733
Bishop Street, Honolulu, Hawaii, 96813, or at such other place as Payee may from
time to time designate by written notice to Maker, in lawful money of the United
States of America, the sum of FIFTY THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($50,000.00),
with interest, as set forth below. All principal and interest, is to be paid as
set forth below. Maker further agrees as follows:

     Section 1. Interest Rate. Interest shall accrue on the unpaid balance at a
rate equal to NINE PERCENT (9%) per annum.

     Section 2. Payments.

                  (a) Interest. Interest shall be due and payable in monthly
         installments of THREE HUNDRED SEVENTY-FIVE AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($375.00)
         commencing on the 21st day of September, 1997. All payments will be
         applied to interest only.

                  (b) Principal. The entire principal evidenced hereby, together
         with any remaining indebtedness hereunder, if not sooner paid, shall be
         due and payable on January 1, 1999.

                  (c) Prepayment. Maker shall have the right to prepay this Note
         in whole or in part at any time without penalty. All prepayments shall
         be applied first to accrued interest and then to principal.

     Section 3. Hawaii Law. This Note shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Hawaii.

     Section 4. Certain Waivers. Maker hereby waives notice of demand, notice of
non-payment or dishonor, protest and notice of protest of this Note, and all
other notices in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default
or enforcement of the payment of this Note.

     Section 5. Waiver and Modification. No delay on the part of Payee in
exercising any of its options, powers or rights, or any partial or single
exercise thereof shall constitute a waiver of such options, powers or rights. No
waiver of any rights hereunder shall be deemed to be made by Payee unless the
same shall be in writing, duly signed by Payee, and each such waiver, if any,
shall apply only with respect to the specific instance involved and shall in no
way impair the rights of Payee or the obligations of Maker in any other respect
at any other time. This Note may be altered only by prior written agreement
signed by the party against whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification
or discharge is sought.



<PAGE>   23
     Section 6. Assignment. No party may assign or transfer in any manner
whatsoever this Note or any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the
prior written consent of the other party.

     Section 7. Invalidity. If any provision or any word, terms, clause or other
part of any provision of this Note shall be invalid for any reason, the same
shall be ineffective, but the remainder of this Note and the provisions hereof
shall not be affected and shall remain in full force and effect.

     Section 8. Limitation on Interest Charged. All agreements between Maker and
Payee are hereby expressly limited so that in no contingency or event whatsoever
shall the amount paid or agreed to be paid to Payee for the use, forbearance or
detention of the indebtedness evidenced by this Note exceed the maximum amount
permissible under applicable law. If, from any circumstances whatsoever, the
fulfillment of any provision hereof, at the time performance of such provision
shall be due, shall be prohibited by law, the obligation to be fulfilled shall
be reduced to the maximum not so prohibited, and if from any circumstance Payee
should ever receive as interest an amount which would exceed the highest lawful
rate, such amount as would be excessive interest shall be applied to the
reduction of the principal amount owing hereunder and not to the payment of
interest.

     Section 9. Disputes. Should any reasonable dispute arise as to potential
breach by Payee of the Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of August 11, 1997
between Maker and Payee (the "Agreement"), Maker shall have the right to
withhold any payment due and owing hereunder pending resolution of such
reasonable dispute. Maker shall segregate any disputed sum in an interest
bearing account and take reasonable steps to expedite the resolution of said
dispute. However, for purposes of this Section 9, Maker shall have the burden of
proving that it had reasonable cause for exercising the rights of offset
provided under this Section 9. In the event that (i) it shall fail to succeed in
its action against Payee for breach of contract and (ii) a court determines that
Maker did not have reasonable cause for claiming that there was a reasonable
basis for its claim of Payee's breach of contract, the Maker shall be deemed to
have been in default with respect to this Note.

     Section 10. Maker to pay collection expenses. In the event that Maker shall
be in default with respect to this Note and the Payee shall incur costs or
employ an attorney to make any demand or to otherwise protect or enforce its
rights herein, the Maker shall pay all costs and expenses incurred by the Payee,
including costs of court and reasonable attorney's fees.


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Maker has set his hand on this Note effective as of the
date set forth above.


                                          MAKER:

                                          VANS, INC., a Delaware corporation


                                          By:
                                             ---------------------------------
                                             Its
                                      - 2 -

<PAGE>   24
STATE OF CALIFORNIA                   )
                                      )  SS.
COUNTY OF                             )



         On this day of August, 1997, before me appeared ______________________
who, being by me duly sworn did say that he is the _______________ of VANS,
INC., a Delaware corporation, and that the seal affixed to the foregoing
instrument is the corporate seal of said corporation, and that said instrument
was signed and sealed on behalf of said corporation by authority of its Board of
Directors, and said officers acknowledged said instrument to be the free act and
deed of said corporation.



                                             __________________________________
                                             Notary Public, State of California

                                             My Commission Expires:____________



                                      - 3 -

<PAGE>   25
                                   EXHIBIT "F"

                              CONSULTING AGREEMENT


         THIS CONSULTING AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made and entered into as
of August 14, 1997, by and between TRIPLE CROWN, INC., a Hawaii corporation
("Consultant"), with post office address c/o Manuel Garcia, Esq, Suite 2550, 733
Bishop Street, Honolulu, Hawaii 96813, and VANS, INC., a Delaware corporation
(the "Company"), with post office address at 15700 Shoemaker Avenue, Santa Fe
Springs, California 90670.

         In consideration of the mutual benefits and promises contained herein,
the parties hereto agree as follows:

          1. Consulting Agreement. Consultant shall serve as a consultant to the
Company under the terms specified below. The consulting relationship shall
commence as of August 22, 1997, and continue through November 21, 1997, unless
terminated earlier as provided herein (the "Consulting Period").

                  1.1 Consulting Services. Consultant's services (the
"Consulting Services") during the Consulting Period shall include, but not
limited to: (i) providing information and knowledge regarding the operations of
the business related to the surfing events known as the Triple Crown of Surfing;
(ii) to the extent necessary, assisting in the transfer of ownership of the
"Assets", as such term is defined in Section 1 of the Purchase and Sale
Agreement (the "Sale Contract") dated as of August 11, 1997 between the Company
and Consultant; (iii) continuing to negotiate and otherwise deal with certain
parties identified in the "List of Sponsors" identified in Exhibit "A" of the
Sale Contract in order to obtain signed contracts that would have gone into the
"Assignment of Sponsor Contracts" form found in Exhibit "B" of the Sale
Contract; and (iv) assisting in finalizing all aspects of the three surfing
events commonly known as the "Triple Crown of Surfing" (the "Events").

                  1.2. Location of Services. The Company understands that the
President of Consultant will be moving to the Philippines on or about the
effective date of this Agreement and that most, if not all, of the services to
be provided by Consultant will be provided by the President. Therefore, the
parties hereby acknowledge their understanding that the nature of the Consulting
Services are such that it can be performed from a business office located in the
Philippines.

                  1.3 Consulting Fees & Commissions. As compensation for the
Consulting Services during the Consulting Period, Consultant shall receive a fee
of SIX THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($6,000.00), payable in equal installments of
$2,000.00 per month on the 21st day of every month for each month during said
period (the "Consulting Fees"). Consultant shall also be entitled to receive
commissions (the "Commissions") equal to twenty percent (20%) of the royalties
paid to the Company pursuant to license agreements for watches and apparel in
Japan which are negotiated by Consultant prior to or during the Consulting
Period. Commissions


<PAGE>   26
will be payable to Consultant within twenty (20) business days after the end of
each month in which the Company receives royalty payments. Furthermore, Company
shall provide Consultant with a copy of any license agreement signed after the
Consulting Period for which Consultant will receive Commissions as soon as
possible, but no later than thirty (30) days from receipt.

                  1.4 Expenses. The Company shall reimburse Consultant for all
reasonable business expenses incurred by Consultant in providing the Consulting
Services, which are approved in advance by Jay E. Wilson, the Vice-President of
Marketing of the Company.

                  1.5  Limitation of Authority.  Consultant shall have no 
responsibilities as a consultant to the Company other than as provided for
herein.

                  1.6 Termination & Extension. The parties may agree to
terminate or extend the Consulting Period by mutual agreement. However, the
Company may terminate this agreement for good cause; provided, however, that the
following procedures are strictly followed. In the event that the Company is
dissatisfied with Consultant's services, the Company shall provide Consultant
with written notice of the nature of its complaint and allow Consultant a
reasonable time to correct the situation. If Consultant is unable or unwilling
to provide its services in accordance with the Company's reasonable request,
then the Company may terminate this Agreement by providing Consultant with
thirty (30) days' written notice describing the basis for terminating this
Agreement.

         2. Trademarks for Brazil. Consultant had previously made arrangements
for certain trademarks to be registered for Brazil. Registration 817304851 was
filed on May 26, 1993 regarding the following Class and Goods: Clothes and
clothing accessories of common use; clothes and clothing accessories for the
practice of sports; and clothes and clothing accessories for professional use
(hereinafter referred to as the "Brazilian Trademark Registration"). As of
August 22, 1997, the Brazilian Trademark Registration was still in the process
of being transferred to Consultant. Therefore, in consideration of the benefits
derived by Consultant from the Sale Contract, Consultant shall continue to make
all the necessary arrangements, at Consultant's sole cost and expense, to
complete the transfer of the Brazilian Trademark Registration to the Company.

         2. Works made for hire. Consultant agrees that any logos, designs,
artwork, patents, trademarks, copyrights, tradenames, ideas, slogans,
advertising, promotional and other intellectual property created by Consultant
(and its employees and agents) in its capacity as consultant hereunder are
"works made for hire" (as such term is defined under Section 17 of the United
States Code) which have been created at the express direction of the Company and
the Company shall be the sole owner of such intellectual property.

         3. Applicable Law.  This Agreement shall be deemed to have been entered
into and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the
State of Hawaii.

                                 - Page 2 of 3-

<PAGE>   27
     4. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be
invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, this determination shall not
affect any other provision of this Agreement.

     5. Construction. This Agreement and any documentation delivered pursuant to
this Agreement will be construed without regard to which party drafted the
document or any particular provision therein.

     6. Counterparts. This agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of
which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute
one and the same instrument.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the parties on the
dates set forth below their respective signatures, but this Agreement shall be
deemed effective as of the date first above written.


TRIPLE CROWN, INC., a Hawaii corp.           VANS, INC., a Delaware corp.


By:                                          By:
  -------------------------------               -------------------------------
  Frederick S. Williamson                      Its
  Its President

DATE:                                        DATE:
     ----------------------------                 ----------------------------

                   ("Consultant")                                  ("Company")



[Consulting Agreement between Triple Crown, Inc. and Vans, Inc.]

                                 - Page 3 of 3-

<PAGE>   28
                                  EXHIBIT "G-1"

           LIST OF TRADENAMES, TRADEMARKS AND COPYRIGHTS CONSTITUTING
              FOREIGN PORTION OF "SELLER'S INTELLECTUAL PROPERTIES"

PATENTS:  None

TRADEMARKS:

         European Common Market:

         Application EM 330175 for TRIPLE CROWN OF SURFING and design filed
         8/14/96. Class and Goods: Sports clothing articles not comprised in
         other classes, luggage, surf accessories, surf boards (Classes 18, 25
         and 28).

         France:

         Registration 1.723.015 for TRIPLE CROWN OF SURFING and design filed
         2/20/91. Class and Goods: Sport clothing articles not comprised in
         other classes, luggage, surf accessories, surf boards (Classes 18, 25
         and 28).

         Japan:

         Application 8-113947 for TRIPLE CROWN OF SURFING with device filed
         10/7/96. Class and Goods: Clothing, garters, stockings, suspenders,
         braces (suspenders), waistbands, belts, footwear, special
         sporting/gymnastic wear, and special sporting/ gymnastic footwear
         (Class 25).

         Application 8-122187 for PIPE MASTERS filed 10/28/96. Class and Goods:
         Clothing, garters, stockings, suspenders, braces (suspenders),
         waistbands, belts, footwear, special sporting/gymnastic wear. and
         special sporting/ gymnastic footwear (Class 25).

         Philippines:

         Registration 63416 for TRIPLE CROWN OF SURFING issued 8/13/96. Class
         and Goods: namely t-shirts, sweat-shirts, tank tops, hats and swimwear
         (Class 25).


REGISTERED COPYRIGHTS:  None




                                 - Page 1 of 2 -

<PAGE>   29

COMMON LAW: (Seller has made no representations and warranties pursuant to
Section 4.7)

         Australia

         Application 542668 for TRIPLE CROWN OF SURFING NORTH SHORE HAWAII and
         Design filed and lapsed on 10/13/94.

         Brazil

         Registration 817304851 for TRIPLE CROWN filed 5/26/93.
         Class and Goods: Clothes and clothing accessories of common use;
         clothes and clothing accessories for the practice of sports; clothes
         and clothing accessories for professional use (Class 25).

         New Zealand

         Application 204818 for TRIPLE CROWN OF SURFING filed 9/14/90 and
         abandoned 6/17/95. Class and Goods: Branding various items of clothing,
         footwear and headgear (Class 25).


                                 - Page 2 of 2 -

<PAGE>   30







                                  EXHIBIT "G-2"


           LIST OF TRADENAMES, TRADEMARKS AND COPYRIGHTS CONSTITUTING
             DOMESTIC PORTION OF "SELLER'S INTELLECTUAL PROPERTIES"


PATENTS:  None

TRADEMARKS:

         United States:

         Registration 2,023,608 for TRIPLE CROWN OF SURFING issued 12/17/96.
         Class and Goods: Entertainment services, namely organizing and
         conducting international competitions in the field of ocean sports
         (Class 41).

         Registration 1,624,956 for TRIPLE CROWN OF SURFING issued 11/27/90.
         Class and Goods: Clothes, namely t-shirts, sweat-shirts, tank tops,
         hats and swimwear (Class 25).

         Registration 2,004,514 for WORLD CUP OF SURFING issued 10/1/96.
         Class and Goods: Clothes, namely t-shirts, sweat-shirts, tank tops,
         hats and swimwear (Class 25) and Entertainment services, namely
         organizing and conducting international competitions in the field of
         ocean sports (Class 41).

         Application 75/209,678 for PIPE MASTERS filed 12/9/96. Published
         5/17/97. Class and Goods: Clothes, namely t-shirts, sweat-shirts, tank
         tops, hats and swimwear (Class 25).

         Registration 2,068,694 for HAWAIIAN PRO SURFING CHAMPIONSHIP issued
         6/10/97. Class and Goods: Clothes, namely t-shirts, sweat-shirts, tank
         tops, hats and swimwear (Class 25).

         Registration 2,068,693 for HAWAIIAN PRO issued 6/10/97. Class and
         Goods: Entertainment services, namely organizing and conducting
         international competitions in the field of ocean sports (Class 41).

         Registration 2,045,614 for PIPELINE MASTERS issued 3/18/97. Class and
         Goods: Entertainment services, namely organizing and conducting
         international competitions in the field of ocean sports (Class 41).



                                 - Page 1 of 2 -

<PAGE>   31
TRADENAMES:

         Hawaii:

         Certificate of Registration No. 111475 of Trade Name, WORLD CUP OF
         SURFING, for the entire State of Hawaii issued by the Hawaii Department
         of Commerce and Consumer Affairs for the term of ten years from 9/29/89
         to 9/28/99.

         Certificate of Registration No. 128142 of Trade Name, MASTERS SURFING
         CLASSIC, for the entire State of Hawaii issued by the Hawaii Department
         of Commerce and Consumer Affairs for the term of ten years from 3/11/91
         to 3/10/01.

         Certificate of Registration No. 161992 of Trade Name, TRIPLE CROWN OF
         SURFING, for the entire State of Hawaii issued by the Hawaii Department
         of Commerce and Consumer Affairs for the term of ten years from 2/23/94
         to 2/22/04.


REGISTERED COPYRIGHTS: None

                                 - Page 2 of 2 -

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.62

                               [VANS LETTERHEAD]

                                 August 4, 1997


BY FACSIMILE 503/238-1965
R. Douglas Allen
President
Board Wild
3321 S.E. Hawthorne Blvd.
Portland, OR 97214

      Re:   Vans, Inc. ("Vans") Investment in Board Wild L.L.C., an Oregon
            limited liability company ("BW")

Dear Doug:

      This confirms our discussion of the following terms of the above proposed
transaction (the "Transaction"):

      1.    Vans' Initial Investment. Vans will make an initial investment in BW
of $300,000 ("Vans' Initial Interest"), as follows:

            1.1   $150,000, by wire transfer, upon BW's written acknowledgment
of the terms discussed in this letter, in exchange for a 12.5% ownership
interest in BW. In the event the Transaction does not close, $84,500 of such
amount shall be applied to Vans' sponsorship fee for the Fall/Winter 1997
episodes of BW's television series, "Board Wild" (the "Series"), and the balance
of such amount shall be repaid to Vans by BW no later than December 31, 1997.

            1.2   An additional $150,000, by wire transfer, in exchange for a
second 12.5% ownership interest in BW, upon Vans receiving written evidence
satisfactory to it that BW has completed an agreement with 20th Century Fox
Corporation ("Fox") to syndicate the Series throughout the U.S. for a period of
no less than one year on the Fox Sports Net (the "Fox Transaction").

            1.3   Notwithstanding subparagraphs 1.1 and 1.2 above, in the event
BW is able to sell the international syndication rights to episodes of the
Series produced in 1997 and 1998 for one of the amounts set forth below, on or
before the first anniversary of the closing of the Transaction, BW shall have
the right, for a period of 30 business days, to repurchase the percentage
ownership interest of Vans' Initial


                                        1
<PAGE>   2
Interest set forth opposite such amounts for a purchase price of $8,620 per
percentage point.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         Dollar Amount of                        Percentage of Ownership  
         International Syndication               Repurchasable by BW      
         -------------------------               -------------------      
                                                       
<S>                                              <C>                                        
         Less than $1.0 million                           zero
         $1.0 million - $1.499 million                    2.5%
         $1.5 million - $2.499 million                    5.0%
         $2.5 million - $2.999 million                    7.5%
         $3.0 million and above                          10.0%
</TABLE>

Provided, however, in the event BW repurchases more than 5% of Vans' Initial
Interest, Vans shall have the right, for a period of 30 business days, to
purchase additional ownership interests in BW so that Vans' Initial Interest is
no less than 20%. The purchase price for such additional ownership interests
shall be $25,000 per percentage point.

      2.    The Option. In addition to Vans' Initial Interest, on the first
anniversary of the closing of the Transaction, Vans shall have the right, for a
period of 30 business days, to purchase up to an additional 8% of BW for an
aggregate purchase price of $200,000 (the "Option"). Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if in connection with the Fox Transaction Fox purchases in excess of
a 10% ownership interest in BW, then the number of ownership percentage points
purchasable by Vans under the Option shall be decreased by one percentage point
for each percentage point Fox acquires in excess of 10%. For example, if Fox
acquires 15% of BW, then the number of percentage points subject to the Option
shall be reduced to 3%.

      3.    Other Agreements. BW agrees that, if the Transaction closes, Vans
shall automatically become a permanent sponsor for the Series. Vans and BW shall
mutually agree to Vans' rights as a permanent sponsor, but such rights shall
include, but not be limited to: presenting billboards in every episode; product
and athlete features; and 30-second ad spots at discounted rates. Additionally,
advertisements created by Vans shall receive prominent placement in the snow and
surf guides outlined in BW's July 29, 1997 Joint Venture Agreement proposal, for
no further consideration.

      4.    Closing. The parties agree that the terms discussed herein are
nonbinding and are subject to the completion of Vans' due diligence and to
closing. BW acknowledges that the investment made by Vans under subparagraph 1.1
is a gesture of good faith specifically made on the basis of BW's assurances
that it has completed no less than 26 episodes of the Summer/Fall 1997 Series
and that it has signed enough sponsors to adequately fund the distribution and
airing of such episodes during the Summer and Fall of 1997.


                                       2
<PAGE>   3

        If the foregoing accurately describes our understanding, please sign
this letter in the space provided below.

                                       Very Truly Yours,

                                       /s/ JAY E. WILSON

                                       Jay E. Wilson
                                       Vice President - Marketing

Agreed to:

Board Wild L.L.C., and
Oregon limited liability company

By:/s/ R. DOUGLAS ALLEN
   -----------------------------
   R. Douglas Allen
   President

Date signed: 8/4/97
            --------

cc:  Gary Schoenfeld 
     Craig Gosselin 
     Kyle Wescoat


                                       3

<PAGE>   1
                                                                      EXHIBIT 22

                              LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

1.   Vans Footwear International, Inc., a California corporation
2.   Vans Far East Limited, a Hong Kong company
3.   Vans International, Inc., a Virgin Islands corporation
4.   Vans Latin America, Inc., a Bahamas corporation
5.   Vans Latinoamericana (Mexico) S.A. de C.V., a Mexico corporation



<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          MAY-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                             JUN-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               MAY-31-1997
<CASH>                                       5,350,175
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                               24,390,794
<ALLOWANCES>                                 1,399,589
<INVENTORY>                                 25,098,695
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                            67,800,099
<PP&E>                                      13,346,452
<DEPRECIATION>                                       0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                             105,824,270
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                       14,332,299
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                        13,167
<OTHER-SE>                                  88,281,726
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>               105,824,270
<SALES>                                    159,390,654
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                           159,390,654
<CGS>                                       96,690,956
<TOTAL-COSTS>                               96,690,956
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                            48,905,975
<LOSS-PROVISION>                               710,611
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             438,485
<INCOME-PRETAX>                             16,734,954
<INCOME-TAX>                                 5,996,180
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                  0
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                10,436,857
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     0.76
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     0.76
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission